[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020238133A1 - 3d printer and 3d printing method - Google Patents

3d printer and 3d printing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020238133A1
WO2020238133A1 PCT/CN2019/123119 CN2019123119W WO2020238133A1 WO 2020238133 A1 WO2020238133 A1 WO 2020238133A1 CN 2019123119 W CN2019123119 W CN 2019123119W WO 2020238133 A1 WO2020238133 A1 WO 2020238133A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
printing
station
nozzle
liquid
temperature control
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2019/123119
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐铭恩
王玲
赖雪聪
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
REGENOVO BIOTECHNOLOGY Co Ltd
Original Assignee
REGENOVO BIOTECHNOLOGY Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910444416.5A external-priority patent/CN110039787B/en
Priority claimed from CN201910444124.1A external-priority patent/CN110053254B/en
Application filed by REGENOVO BIOTECHNOLOGY Co Ltd filed Critical REGENOVO BIOTECHNOLOGY Co Ltd
Publication of WO2020238133A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020238133A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/10Processes of additive manufacturing
    • B29C64/106Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material
    • B29C64/124Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified
    • B29C64/129Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified characterised by the energy source therefor, e.g. by global irradiation combined with a mask
    • B29C64/135Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified characterised by the energy source therefor, e.g. by global irradiation combined with a mask the energy source being concentrated, e.g. scanning lasers or focused light sources
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B29C64/205Means for applying layers
    • B29C64/209Heads; Nozzles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B29C64/227Driving means
    • B29C64/232Driving means for motion along the axis orthogonal to the plane of a layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B29C64/227Driving means
    • B29C64/236Driving means for motion in a direction within the plane of a layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B29C64/245Platforms or substrates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/30Auxiliary operations or equipment
    • B29C64/307Handling of material to be used in additive manufacturing
    • B29C64/314Preparation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33YADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y10/00Processes of additive manufacturing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33YADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y30/00Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of 3D printing, and specifically to a 3D printer and a 3D printing method.
  • the existing 3D printing system is only suitable for single-piece mold sample printing.
  • mass production is required, after the sample is printed, it is necessary to manually remove the sample on the printing table, and then control the printer operation.
  • Printing takes a certain amount of time, so in the mass production process, people need to regularly remove samples on the printing table, or through complex programming to make the 3D printing system move to other locations after the first sample is printed
  • the second sample is printed, resulting in the following shortcomings of the existing 3D printing system, which is difficult to apply to mass production printing: (1) The operation is cumbersome, and manual assistance is required when printing samples in large quantities; (2) All samples are printed After completion, post-processing and other operations are performed uniformly, resulting in different samples waiting for post-processing after printing is completed, resulting in differences; (3) Different samples are printed at different locations, and there are subtle differences in environmental factors during printing.
  • This application provides a 3D printer, including a chassis, an environmental control module, a station switching module, a nozzle moving module, a material conveying module, a temperature control module, and a main control module.
  • the chassis is provided with conveying nozzles, multiple stations, and multiple For printing vessels, the conveying nozzle is arranged above the workstation, and the printing vessels are arranged on the workstation.
  • the conveying nozzle includes a printing nozzle;
  • the environmental control module is arranged in the chassis and is electrically connected to the main control module.
  • the environmental control module is configured to adjust the chassis The internal environmental conditions; the station switching module is arranged in the chassis and is electrically connected to the main control module.
  • the station switching module is configured to drive the printing vessel and/or the station so that the printing vessel can be transferred between the various stations;
  • the nozzle moving module is connected to the printing nozzle and electrically connected with the main control module.
  • the nozzle moving module is configured to drive the printing nozzle to transfer between stations;
  • the material conveying module is connected to the conveying nozzle and electrically connected to the main control module ,
  • the material conveying module is configured to convey materials to the conveying nozzle.
  • the temperature control module is arranged on the material conveying module, the work station and the printing nozzle, and is electrically connected with the main control module, and the temperature control module is configured to adjust the temperature.
  • the cabinet includes a body and a cover, and an opening is provided on the body, and the opening can be used as a channel for extracting and putting printing utensils from the cabinet.
  • the cover is arranged on the body and is located at the opening.
  • the environmental control module includes a temperature and humidity sensor, an ultraviolet light source, a ventilation device, and a cooling and humidifying device;
  • the temperature and humidity sensor is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured as a detection cabinet The temperature and humidity inside;
  • the ultraviolet light source is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured to provide ultraviolet light;
  • the ventilation device includes a first fan and a filter device, and is arranged on the body, and the ventilation device is configured to purify the external air and pass in In the cabinet;
  • the cooling and humidifying device is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured to provide water vapor and gas.
  • the cover is hingedly arranged on the body, and when the cover is closed on the body, the cover is configured to close the opening of the body, and a cavity is formed in the body for use. It is used as a working space for the production of printed objects.
  • the case can still communicate with the outside air, and a transparent window is provided on the cover to observe the printing process;
  • the environmental control module includes a position sensor, which is located on the cover or the body. The sensor is configured to detect the angle formed by the cover and the body.
  • the main control module is configured to, when the included angle detected by the position sensor exceeds a set value, control the ventilating device to filter the air outside the chassis and continuously pass it into the work of the 3D printer In the space.
  • the setting of the environmental control module keeps the inside of the chassis at a relatively uniform temperature, avoiding only partial temperature, especially the temperature of the contact part of the workstation and the product being produced, from being too low or too high, and avoiding the temperature of the bottom surface of the product from being too low Or it is too high and has a temperature difference in the vertical direction, so that the product layers maintain a certain uniformity, thereby avoiding the problem of insufficient gelation caused by insufficient temperature control of the upper layer of the product, so that the 3D printer Can produce higher height products.
  • the setting of the environmental control module can also prevent the heat generated during the printing process from accumulating in the work space and affect the temperature control effect of other temperature control modules, and provide a stable working environment for printing through the temperature control of the environment to reduce differences Print product differences between batches.
  • the ventilation device includes a first fan and a filter device.
  • the arrangement of the first fan and the filter device purifies the air outside at room temperature (20-25°C) and then passes it into the chassis to achieve a certain cooling effect, so that the temperature of the working space of the 3D printer can be maintained.
  • the plurality of stations include a storage station, a pretreatment station, a printing station, a post-processing station, a detection station, and an object storage station, which are sequentially arranged.
  • each station is provided with at least one pit, and the station is made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity, so that the pit is in a low temperature environment with uniform temperature, forming a cold trap platform, so that A certain degree of uniformity is maintained between the various layers of the product, so that the 3D printer can produce higher-level products.
  • the metal material can be aluminum, silver or copper.
  • the pit is a flat-bottomed blind hole that can be configured to place printed products.
  • the apertures of the pits gradually decrease from top to bottom.
  • a printing vessel configured to receive printed products and configured to isolate temperature is provided in the pit.
  • the printing vessel can be a flat structure or a cup structure. The printing vessel isolates the contact between the product and the inner wall of the pit, and isolates the temperature conduction to avoid damage to the product structure.
  • the object storage station includes a finished product seat, a defective product seat, and a plurality of first moving devices, and the plurality of first moving devices are respectively connected to the finished product seat and the inferior product seat and configured to move The finished product seat and the inferior product seat.
  • the delivery nozzle further includes a pretreatment nozzle and a post-treatment nozzle, the printing nozzle is arranged above the printing station, the pretreatment nozzle is arranged above the pretreatment station, and the post-treatment nozzle is arranged Above the post-processing station, the printing station, pre-processing station and post-processing station can move away from the printing nozzle by the movement of the station, and below the pre-processing nozzle and post-processing nozzle.
  • the material conveying module includes two conveying components.
  • the two conveying components are a printing material conveying component and a processing liquid conveying component.
  • the printing material conveying component is connected with the printing nozzle and is configured to convey printing materials; the processing liquid conveying component and the printing nozzle, pretreatment
  • the nozzles or post-processing nozzles are connected and configured to deliver the treatment liquid.
  • a single conveying assembly includes a storage, a transmission tube, and a squeezing device, the storage is configured to store printing materials or processing liquid; the transmission tube is configured to connect the storage and the delivery nozzle together; the squeezing device is connected to the storage and is configured to The printing material or processing liquid in the storage is driven to flow and enter the transfer tube.
  • a single conveying assembly at least one storage is provided.
  • the storage temperature control unit is arranged at the memory.
  • the memory includes a syringe tube and a piston push rod arranged in the syringe tube
  • the extrusion device includes a drive motor, a screw and a pushing table
  • the drive motor is arranged on the first tray
  • the screw is connected to the drive motor in transmission
  • the pushing table It can be slidably connected to the screw and connected to the piston push rod, so that the squeezing device gives a pushing force to the piston push rod, so that the printing material or processing liquid in the syringe tube flows and enters the transfer tube.
  • the single conveying assembly includes a force sensor, which is provided on the storage and configured to detect the force of the squeezing device on the storage.
  • the force sensor transmits the measured force signal back to the main control module.
  • the main control module can learn the force exerted by the squeezing device on the memory and judge whether the memory is installed correctly.
  • the single conveying assembly further includes a guide rail, the guide rail is arranged on the chassis, and the first tray is slidably arranged on the chassis through the guide rail.
  • the storage includes a liquid storage bag
  • the squeezing device includes a peristaltic pump arranged on the first tray
  • the transfer tube is connected to the liquid storage bag after passing through the peristaltic pump.
  • the processing liquid or printing material in the liquid storage bag can be pumped to the transfer tube by a peristaltic pump.
  • the composition of a single conveying component includes at least five implementation forms, and the printing material conveying component and the processing liquid conveying component can be any one of them, so the composition of the printing material conveying component and the processing liquid conveying component can be the same , It can also be inconsistent.
  • the temperature control module includes: a plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units, which are respectively configured to control the temperature of the workstation, the printing nozzle, the printing material, or the processing liquid.
  • a refrigerating liquid circulating circuit comprising a refrigerating liquid pipe and a refrigerating liquid radiating device, the refrigerating liquid pipe connecting the refrigerating liquid radiating device and each of the liquid cooling temperature control units to form a refrigerating liquid circulating circuit.
  • the transmission temperature control unit is arranged on the material conveying module and is configured to perform temperature control on the material conveying module.
  • the plurality of liquid cooling temperature control units include a station temperature control unit, a storage temperature control unit, a transmission temperature control unit, an extrusion temperature control unit, and a refrigerating liquid circulation circuit, and the station temperature control unit is located at the station
  • the storage temperature control unit is arranged at the material conveying module and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material or the processing liquid
  • the transmission temperature control unit is arranged on the conveying tube and is configured to The temperature of the transmission tube is controlled
  • the extrusion temperature control unit is arranged at the printing nozzle and is configured to control the temperature of the printing nozzle.
  • a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit includes a temperature control component; the temperature control component includes: a heat absorption end, a heat dissipation end and a temperature control part.
  • the heat absorption end is set on the print nozzle, material conveying module or workstation, and is connected with the print nozzle and material conveying Module or station contact;
  • the cooling end is provided with a channel for the refrigerant liquid to pass through, and a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet communicating with the channel.
  • the liquid inlet and the liquid outlet are both connected with the refrigerant pipe; the temperature control part is set on the suction Between the hot end and the heat sink.
  • each liquid-cooled temperature control unit The component combination method and temperature control principle of each liquid-cooled temperature control unit are the same, which not only facilitates the layout and disassembly of the liquid-cooled temperature control unit, but also facilitates the main control module to control the temperature of each liquid-cooled temperature control unit and the temperature adjustment scheme
  • the design is convenient for fine control.
  • the heat-absorbing end and the heat-dissipating end are both made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity (such as brass).
  • the temperature sensor detects that the temperature of the temperature-controlled component is higher than the set temperature
  • the heat-absorbing end directly contacts the temperature-controlled component, absorbs the heat of the temperature-controlled component, and then transfers the heat from the heat-absorbing end to the heat sink through the temperature control element
  • the cooling liquid pipe sends the refrigerant into the channel from the liquid inlet.
  • the cooling end transfers the heat to the cooling liquid in the channel, and then the cooling liquid that absorbs heat leaves the channel from the liquid outlet, and the cooling end Restore the initial temperature and repeat it to achieve the cooling effect; when the temperature sensor detects that the temperature of the component to be controlled is lower than the set temperature, the main control module provides a reverse current to the temperature control component to transfer the heat from the heat sink to the heat sink End, thereby increasing the temperature of the component to be controlled, and playing a heating role.
  • the temperature control part may be a heat pump.
  • the single liquid-cooled temperature control unit further includes a heat-insulating outer layer, and the heat-insulating outer layer is provided on the outside of the temperature control component, and wraps or partially wraps the temperature control component to form heat insulation.
  • the arrangement of the outer thermal insulation layer can reduce the heat exchange between the temperature control component and the outside, so that it can achieve the thermal insulation effect.
  • the heat insulation outer layer is made of a material with low thermal conductivity, and the material with low thermal conductivity may be plastic or ABS resin.
  • the cooling liquid heat dissipation device includes a cooling liquid storage tank, a heat exchanger, and a cooling liquid pump; the cooling liquid storage tank is arranged in the cabinet and is configured to store the cooling liquid; the heat exchanger and the The refrigerant liquid storage tank is connected and is configured to cool the refrigerant liquid; the cold liquid pump is arranged between the refrigerant liquid storage tank and the heat exchanger, and is configured to store the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank.
  • the refrigerating liquid is sent to each of the liquid-cooled temperature control units and heat exchangers through the refrigerating liquid pipe.
  • the cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.
  • a plurality of pairs of fifth liquid inlets and fifth liquid outlets corresponding to the fifth liquid inlet are provided on the refrigerant liquid storage tank, and the fifth liquid inlet and the fifth liquid outlet are both connected to the refrigerant liquid pipe Connected.
  • the logarithm of the fifth liquid inlet and the fifth liquid outlet corresponds to the number of cold liquid pumps.
  • the refrigerant circulation circuit and the circulation direction can be adjusted as needed, and each additional cold liquid pump adds a fifth liquid inlet and a fifth liquid outlet, which can be increased by increasing the number of cold liquid pumps Independent refrigerating liquid cycle to ensure that each corresponding liquid-cooled temperature control unit obtains sufficient refrigeration effect of refrigerating liquid with suitable temperature.
  • the heat exchanger includes a second fan and a sixth liquid inlet and a sixth liquid outlet provided on the second fan.
  • two fifth liquid inlets and two fifth liquid outlets respectively corresponding to the two fifth liquid inlets are provided on the refrigerant liquid storage tank.
  • the refrigerant liquid circulation circuit includes two: First, the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank flows out through the fifth liquid outlet under the action of the cold liquid pump, and enters the heat exchanger to the sixth liquid inlet, and then The sixth liquid outlet flows out, flows to the feed thermostat, then flows to the liquid supply thermostat, then flows to the station temperature control unit, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage tank through the fifth liquid inlet, forming A refrigerant circuit; secondly, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank flows out through the fifth liquid outlet under the action of the cold liquid pump to the extrusion temperature control unit, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage through the fifth liquid inlet Inside the box, a refrigerant liquid circulation loop is formed.
  • This setting can not only improve the cooling effect of the extrusion temperature control unit, that is, the print nozzle, which is beneficial to improve product quality and production speed, but also reduce the need for feeding temperature controller, liquid supply temperature controller and station temperature control unit
  • the cost of temperature control is conducive to reducing costs and reducing pipeline complexity.
  • the station temperature control unit includes a forming station temperature controller and an object temperature controller, and the forming station temperature controller is located at the storage station, pretreatment station, printing station, post-processing station and inspection station. Location; the object thermostat is located at the object storage station.
  • the station temperature control unit includes a molding station temperature controller and an object temperature controller, so that the present application can respectively perform precise temperature control on the object during the molding process and the finished object.
  • the at least one liquid cooling temperature control unit is a station temperature control unit, wherein the plurality of stations includes a printing station, and the station temperature control unit is provided at the bottom of the printing station.
  • the delivery nozzle can deliver the printing material to the printing station to form a 3D printed product. Therefore, the station temperature control unit is set at the bottom of the printing station, and the high thermal conductivity of the pit makes the product under the influence of the low temperature surrounding the printing station, which is beneficial to the molding of the product, and maintains the stability of the product structure and the layers of the product. Uniformity between.
  • the multiple stations include post-processing stations, and the station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the printing station and the post-processing station.
  • the delivery nozzle can deliver the post-treatment liquid to the post-treatment station, so as to post-process the product. Therefore, setting the station temperature control unit at the bottom of the printing station and the post-processing station not only causes the product to be affected by the low temperature during the printing process, but also enables the product to be affected by the low temperature during the post-processing process, which is beneficial to improve Quality of products.
  • the plurality of stations includes a pretreatment station, and the station temperature control unit is provided at the bottom of the pretreatment station, the printing station, and the post-treatment station.
  • the delivery nozzle can deliver the pretreatment liquid to the pretreatment station to pretreat the product. Therefore, the station temperature control unit is set at the bottom of the pretreatment station, printing station and post-treatment station, which not only makes the product affected by low temperature in the printing process and post-treatment process, but also makes the product also in the pretreatment process. It can be affected by low temperature, which is beneficial to improve the quality of products.
  • the multiple stations include a storage station, a pretreatment station, a printing station, a post-processing station, a detection station, and an object storage station.
  • the station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the above-mentioned multiple stations.
  • the storage station, the pretreatment station, the printing station, the post-processing station, the inspection station and the object storage station are located on the same straight line and are set in sequence.
  • the 3D printer can first store a number of printing vessels configured to place products in the storage station, and extract the printing vessels one by one, and then put a printing vessel into the pretreatment station for pretreatment work, and then put the printing vessel
  • the printing station performs printing processing to form a product, then puts the printing vessel into the post-processing station for post-processing work, and then puts the printing vessel into the inspection station for inspection work; finally puts the printed vessel into the article storage Work station for archiving work.
  • the classification of finished products and defective products can be carried out in the filing work.
  • the station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the above-mentioned multiple stations, which can control the temperature of the entire 3D printed product production process, which is beneficial to improve the quality of the product.
  • the station temperature control unit is an integral structure, and is located at the bottom of the pretreatment station, printing station, post-processing station, inspection station and object storage station, or at the storage station, pretreatment station The bottom of the station, printing station, post-processing station, inspection station and object storage station.
  • the station temperature control unit may be divided into a plurality of independent station temperature control components, which are respectively and independently arranged at the bottom of each station or the bottom of any several stations in the plurality of stations.
  • the storage temperature control unit includes a supply temperature controller and a liquid supply temperature controller: the supply temperature controller is provided at the printing material conveying assembly and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material; the liquid supply temperature controller is provided It is located at the processing liquid conveying component and is configured to control the temperature of the processing liquid.
  • the storage temperature control unit includes a material supply temperature controller and a liquid supply temperature controller, so that the present application can accurately control the temperature of the printing material and the processing liquid to prevent the printing material or the processing liquid from sedimentation and deterioration during storage .
  • the conveying temperature control unit is arranged on a material conveying pipe connected to the first storage.
  • the conveying temperature control unit is arranged on the material conveying pipe connected to the first storage, and the temperature of the printing material in the conveying pipe can be controlled in a targeted manner, so that the printing material, such as gelatin hydrogel, is in a sol state during transportation.
  • the at least one liquid cooling temperature control unit is an extrusion temperature control unit, and the extrusion temperature control unit is provided at the printing nozzle and configured to cool the printing nozzle.
  • the extrusion temperature control unit is set so that when the printing material in the heated transfer tube, such as gelatin hydrogel material, is in the fast sol state, the printing material is transported to the printing nozzle and then cooled to make it gel. It can not only avoid the surface defects of the hydrogel material in the extrusion process caused by the direct extrusion of the gel state hydrogel material, the uneven composition, the uneven diameter of the extruded wire and the problem of easy breakage, but also improve The quality of the output filaments during printing makes the diameter of the filaments more uniform, reduces the risk of filament breaks, thereby improving the accuracy of the printed product; and can separate the first memory from the print nozzle, and there is no need to set the conveying component on the print nozzle. Streamline the structure and design of the print nozzle to facilitate the precise movement of the print nozzle and improve the accuracy of the printed product.
  • the temperature control module includes a plurality of temperature sensors, and the plurality of temperature sensors are arranged at the station temperature control unit, the transmission temperature control unit, the storage temperature control unit and the extrusion temperature control unit, and are configured to detect temperature and feedback To the main control module, the setting of the temperature sensor makes each temperature control unit have the functions of temperature detection and information feedback.
  • This application uses temperature sensors to detect the temperature of multiple components in the chassis, and feeds back temperature information, and then uses the main control module to control the temperature adjustment scheme and exchange information with the temperature sensor, and the main control module can control all components in this application
  • the components of the temperature adjustment function are controlled to adjust the working state and power and other parameters to achieve accurate and comprehensive temperature control.
  • the nozzle movement module includes a printing platform, an XY-direction movement system and a Z-direction movement system.
  • the printing platform is set in the chassis and on one side of the printing station; the XY-direction movement system is connected to the printing nozzle and is set to print The platform is configured to move the print nozzle in the X direction or the Y direction; the Z direction movement system is connected to the printing platform and is configured to move the printing platform in the Z direction; wherein the X direction, the Y direction and the Z direction are perpendicular to each other.
  • the nozzle moving module further includes a dust cover, which is connected to the printing platform and can move with the print nozzle, and is configured to block the print nozzle, thereby preventing the overflow of pollutants and preventing contamination of the printing area.
  • the dust cover can be a flexible organ-type dust cover, or a protective cover composed of three discs with holes.
  • the XY-direction motion system includes an X-direction guide rail and a Y-direction guide rail, a pulley set, a first belt, a fifth drive motor, and a sixth drive motor.
  • the pulley set includes multiple pulleys, which are arranged on the printing platform and can go around itself Rotation in the axis direction; the first belt is arranged on the pulley block and connected with the print head; the Y-direction guide rail is arranged on the printing platform along the Y direction; the X-direction guide rail is arranged on the printing platform along the X direction, and the X-direction guide rail is slidably arranged on On the Y-direction guide rail; the print head can be slidably arranged on the X-direction guide rail; the fifth drive motor is connected to a pulley in the pulley block, and is configured to drive the print head to move in the X direction and the Y direction; the sixth drive motor and the pulley block A pulley transmission
  • the pulleys in the pulley set are configured to stretch and adjust the direction of the first belt, and the number of pulleys in the pulley set can be increased or deleted as required.
  • the working principle of the XY direction motion system is the working principle of CoreXY, so that the operation of the fifth drive motor and the sixth drive motor can be converted into the movement of the print head in the X direction and the Y direction.
  • the XY-direction motion system can be a device made using the working principle of CoreXY, or a three-axis orthogonal module (XYZ three-axis motion platform), a parallel robot (DELTA Parallel Mechanism) or a planar joint robot. Principle of the device.
  • the Z-direction motion system includes a Z-direction drive motor and a Z-direction screw: the Z-direction screw is in transmission connection with the Z-direction drive motor, and the printing platform is movably set on the Z-direction screw.
  • the printing nozzle includes a printing needle, a first base and a housing.
  • the first base is arranged on the X-direction guide rail and connected to the belt; the housing is arranged on the first base and covers the printing needle.
  • the housing includes a needle housing and a spray head housing.
  • the needle housing is arranged outside the printing needle and connected to two transmission tubes.
  • the two transmission tubes are a transmission tube of the processing liquid delivery assembly and the printing material delivery assembly.
  • a transmission tube is a transmission tube of the processing liquid delivery assembly and the printing material delivery assembly.
  • the printing needle includes an outer needle and an inner needle. Both the outer needle and the inner needle have a cavity, and the inner needle is inserted in the cavity of the outer needle.
  • At least one inner needle is provided, and the inner needle has a needle head which is arranged in the cavity of the outer needle or is arranged outside the cavity of the outer needle through the outer needle.
  • the number, length and arrangement of the inner needles can be changed to realize the mixing, covering, and alternating operations of multiple materials in the 3D printing process to enrich the achievable 3D printing structures.
  • a needle cleaning cylinder is provided in the housing, and the needle cleaning cylinder is arranged in the housing and located at one side of the printing station, wherein the printing nozzle is driven by the nozzle moving module, Move to the needle cleaning barrel accordingly. That is, the needle cleaning cylinder is located within the movement range of the print nozzle.
  • the needle cleaning cylinder can be configured to receive waste from the print nozzle and to calibrate the position of the print nozzle.
  • the station switching module includes a second base, a clamping member and a second moving device.
  • the second base is arranged on the chassis and located on one side of the station;
  • the clamping member is movably arranged on the second base , Configured to clamp the printing vessel;
  • the second moving device is connected with the clamping member and configured to move the clamping member and/or the station.
  • the gripping member includes a second pallet, a first fork, and a second fork.
  • the second pallet is movably arranged on the second base, and the second pallet is provided with a sliding groove; the first fork and the second fork The two pallets are fixedly connected.
  • the first fork is provided with a plurality of first through holes configured to clamp the printing vessel; the second fork is slidably arranged in the sliding groove, and the second fork is provided with a structure Clamp the second through hole of the printing vessel.
  • the second pallet is provided with a first magnetic member
  • the second fork is provided with a second magnetic member matching the first magnetic member
  • the second base is provided with a third magnetic member
  • a fourth magnetic piece matched with the third magnetic piece is provided on the second tray.
  • the multiple stations are installed on a fixed plate, and the fixed plate is movably arranged in the chassis.
  • the second moving device includes a transverse movement component, a longitudinal movement component, and a lifting component.
  • the transverse movement component is in transmission connection with the second fork and is configured to drive the second fork to move in the X direction;
  • the assembly is drivingly connected to the fixed plate and is configured to drive the fixed plate to move in the Y direction;
  • the lifting assembly is drivingly connected to the second tray and is configured to drive the second tray to move in the Z direction.
  • This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:
  • the main control module obtains data such as the number and shape of the object to be printed
  • the main control module controls the movement of the printing nozzle through the nozzle movement module and extrudes corresponding printing materials
  • the main control module is installed in the material conveying module through the temperature control module to adjust the temperature of each component;
  • a plurality of printing vessels are placed at one of the stations, and the main control module controls the station switching module to sequentially take out the printing vessels, and causes the printing vessels to enter each of the stations sequentially, and Perform preprocessing, printing, post-processing, detection and filing operations on the printing vessel to complete printing. It can realize mass production of printed objects in an assembly line.
  • the main control module controls the printing nozzle to move to the needle cleaning cylinder through the nozzle moving module, and performs cleaning and position calibration of the printing nozzle.
  • This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:
  • the inspection station inspects quality information and records the quality information obtained by the inspection;
  • the main control module judges whether the object in the printing vessel is defective at this time:
  • the first moving device moves the defective product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the defective product seat;
  • the first moving device moves the finished product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the finished product seat.
  • the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the inferior product seat, it further includes the following steps. Through the joint operation of the first moving device and the station switching module, the printing The utensil is moved to the corresponding storage position in the defective seat.
  • the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the finished product seat
  • the following steps are further included, and through the joint operation of the first moving device and the station switching module, The printing vessel is moved to the corresponding storage position in the defective product seat.
  • the finished product seat or the defective product seat contains a position for storing multiple printing vessels (in the form of mounting holes).
  • the second fork is moved by the station switching module in the y-axis direction, and the finished product is moved by the first moving device in the x-axis direction. To complete the precise positioning of the printing vessel placement position.
  • This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:
  • the main control module judges whether the object in the defective seat needs to be repaired and printed according to the recorded inspection quality information:
  • the 3D printer can transfer the printing utensils to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and sequentially perform operations such as extracting the printing utensils, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, inspection, and filing, so that it can be applied to Mass production.
  • the assembly line production of this 3D printer also avoids the time difference between the same batch of different products in the traditional batch printing process after the printing is completed and the unified post-processing, so that the printing process of each sample is more similar, and the difference between different products is reduced. difference.
  • the design of this 3D printer allows each product to be printed in the same printing station, and the environment where each product is printed is the same, which reduces the difference between different products, and this application increases the temperature
  • the control module can achieve the effect of precise temperature control.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment
  • FIG. 3a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 3b is a rear view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 4 is a top view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of the object storage station provided by this embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the temperature control module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 7 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 8 is the second structural diagram of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit provided by this embodiment.
  • FIG. 9a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 10a is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 10b is a schematic structural diagram of a second thermal insulation outer layer provided by this embodiment.
  • 10c is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided by this embodiment
  • Figure 10d is a schematic structural diagram of an extrusion temperature control unit provided by this embodiment.
  • FIG. 11a is a top view of the first memory provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 11b is a cross-sectional view of the liquid supply temperature controller and the first storage provided by this embodiment
  • Figure 11c is a bottom view of the liquid supply temperature controller provided by this embodiment.
  • FIG. 12a is a top view of the second memory provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 12b is a cross-sectional view of the feeding temperature controller and the second storage provided by this embodiment
  • Figure 12c is a bottom view of the feeding temperature controller provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 13a is a schematic structural diagram of a liquid-cooled temperature control unit and a refrigerating liquid circulation circuit provided by this embodiment
  • Figure 13b is a schematic diagram of the structure of the refrigerant storage tank and the refrigerant pump provided by this embodiment;
  • Figure 13c is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 14a is a schematic structural view of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 14b is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 14c is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 14d is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 15a is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 15b is a bottom view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 15c is a cross-sectional view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 16a is a top view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 16b is a bottom view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 16c is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 16d is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 17a is a cross-sectional view of the station and forming station thermostat provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 17b is a cross-sectional view of the station and forming station thermostat provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 17c is a cross-sectional view of the tank and printing vessel provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 18a is a bottom view of the nozzle moving module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 18b is a schematic structural diagram of the nozzle moving module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 19a is a schematic structural diagram of a print nozzle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 19b is an exploded schematic diagram of the print nozzle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 20a is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 20b is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 20c is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 20d is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 20e is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21a is a schematic structural diagram of a station switching module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21b is a top view of the clamping piece provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21c is a schematic structural diagram of the first fork provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21d is a right side view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21e is a left view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 21f is a top view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment.
  • Figure 22a is a front view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.
  • FIG. 22b is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.
  • Icon 100-3D printer; 1-chassis; 11-body; 111-opening; 12-cover; 121-transparent window; 13-needle cleaning cylinder; 14-working space; 15-power socket; 2-delivery nozzle; 21 -Pretreatment nozzle; 211-First ultraviolet light source; 212-Pretreatment liquid removal tube; 22-Post-treatment nozzle; 221-Second ultraviolet light source; 222-Post-treatment liquid removal tube; 23-Print nozzle; 231- Print needle; 2311-outer needle; 23111-cavity; 23112-protrusion; 23113-groove; 2312-inner needle; 23121-needle; 2312a-first inner needle; 2312b-second inner needle; 232-first Base; 233-housing; 2331-needle housing; 2332-sprinkler housing; 24-light curing module; 3-station; 30-printing vessel; 31-storage station; 311-storage cylinder; 312- buckle; 313- Fifth tray; 314-spring;
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment.
  • the 3D printer 100 may include a chassis 1, an environment control module 4, a station switching module 5, a nozzle moving module 6, a material conveying module 7, a temperature control module 8 and a main control module 9.
  • the main control module 9 is electrically connected to the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8 respectively.
  • the main control module 9 can be arranged on the chassis 1 or can be arranged outside the chassis 1 as an independent control cabinet.
  • the main control module 9 includes a human-computer interaction interface 91, an industrial computer 92, a switch 93, a microcontroller unit 94 (MCU), and a detection unit 95.
  • the human-computer interaction interface 91 can be a computer input and output device such as a display screen, touch screen, buttons, knobs, switches, and joysticks.
  • the human-computer interaction interface 91 is configured to input instructions and read information, thereby realizing human-computer interaction , Information exchange.
  • the industrial computer 92 can transmit the command and other information conveyed by the human-computer interaction interface 91 to the switch 93. Optionally, it can be transmitted to a cloud device via public network communication or transmitted to a mobile terminal device or personal computer via wireless local area network communication.
  • the detection unit 95 may be a high-definition camera, optical coherence tomography (optical coherence tomography, OCT), or infrared detection and other detection components.
  • OCT optical coherence tomography
  • the depth imaging capability of the detection component may be used to obtain information about the object printed by the 3D printer 100
  • the detection unit 95 is configured to detect whether the object meets the standard.
  • the switch 93 integrates and judges the information transmitted by the industrial computer 92, the detection information fed back by the detection unit 95, and the feedback information from the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8. , And then output instructions, through the micro-control unit 94, control the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8, or feedback information through the human-computer interaction interface 91, or directly It is transmitted to other electronic devices through the industrial computer 92 for data storage or backup.
  • the industrial control computer 92, the switch 93 and the micro control unit 94 can establish a connection through local area network communication.
  • the information exchange of the switch 93 adopts a unified protocol, and a new functional module communication interface can be connected to the switch 93 to expand the new functional module and be compatible with the original system.
  • the micro-control unit 94 may be a single-chip microcomputer or other control chip with functions such as data storage, analysis, calculation, and transmission.
  • the micro-control unit 94 can control the motors in the nozzle moving module 6 through a three-axis motion controller, and the three-axis motion controller feeds back the current motion state and real-time position of the nozzle moving module 6.
  • the micro-control unit 94 can control the motors of the station switching module 5 and the material conveying module 7 through the auxiliary motion controller, or can control the environmental control module 4 through the auxiliary motion controller; the micro-control unit 94 can control the temperature control module through the temperature controller 8, and accept the temperature information feedback from the temperature control module 8.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of the 3D printer 100 of this embodiment.
  • the 3D printer 100 includes a chassis 1.
  • the chassis 1 is provided with a conveying nozzle 2, a plurality of stations 3, and a plurality of printing vessels 30.
  • the conveying nozzle 2 is arranged above the station 3, and the printing vessel 30 is arranged on the station 3.
  • the nozzle 2 includes a printing nozzle 23.
  • the environmental control module 4 is arranged in the chassis 1 and is electrically connected to the main control module 9.
  • the environmental control module 4 is configured to adjust the environmental conditions in the chassis 1.
  • the station switching module 5 is arranged in the chassis 1 and is electrically connected to the main control module 9.
  • the station switching module 5 is configured to drive the printing vessel 30 and/or the station 3, so that the printing vessel 30 is between each station 3 Make the transfer.
  • the nozzle moving module 6 is connected to the printing nozzle 23 and electrically connected to the main control module 9.
  • the nozzle moving module 6 is configured to drive the printing nozzle 23 to transfer between the respective stations 3.
  • the material conveying module 7 is connected to the conveying nozzle 2 and electrically connected to the main control module 9.
  • the material conveying module 7 is configured to convey materials to the conveying nozzle 2.
  • the temperature control module 8 (please refer to FIG. 1) is arranged on the material conveying module 7, the station 3 and the printing nozzle 23, and is electrically connected to the main control module 9.
  • the temperature control module 8 is configured to adjust the temperature.
  • the case 1 includes a body 11 and a cover 12.
  • the body 11 is provided with an opening 111.
  • the cover 12 is provided on the body 11 and located at the opening 111.
  • the opening 111 can be used as a passage for the printing vessel 30 to be taken out and put into the cabinet 1.
  • the cover 12 and the body 11 are hingedly arranged, and when the cover 12 is closed on the body 11, the cover 12 is configured to close the opening 111 of the body 11. At this time, the chassis 1 can still communicate with the outside air.
  • the case When the cover 12 is closed on the body 11, the case has a cavity that is used as a working space 14 for producing printed objects.
  • a transparent window 121 is provided on the cover 12 to observe the printing process.
  • the man-machine interaction interface 91 is provided on the outer surface of the chassis 1, and the man-machine interaction interface 91 includes a touch display screen 911, buttons 912, a rocker 913 and an emergency stop switch 914.
  • the emergency stop switch 914 is configured to cut off the power of the 3D printer 100 to protect the 3D printer 100 in an emergency.
  • the case 1 can be a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the height direction of the case 1 is used as the Z axis to establish a coordinate system.
  • the width direction of the case 1 is the X axis
  • the length direction of the case 1 is the Y axis
  • the bottom surface of the case 1 is the X-Y reference plane.
  • the environmental control module 4 includes a temperature and humidity sensor 41, an ultraviolet light source 42, a ventilation device 43 and a cooling and humidifying device 44.
  • the temperature and humidity sensor 41 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the temperature and humidity sensor 41 is configured to detect the temperature and humidity in the cabinet 1.
  • the ultraviolet light source 42 is disposed on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the ultraviolet light source 42 is configured to provide ultraviolet light.
  • the ventilation device 43 is provided on the body 11, and the ventilation device 43 is configured to provide air.
  • the cooling and humidifying device 44 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the cooling and humidifying device 44 is configured to provide water vapor and gas.
  • the position sensor 45 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the position sensor 45 is configured to detect the angle formed by the cover 12 and the body 11.
  • the ventilation device 43 filters the air outside the chassis 1 to form a void. Bacterial clean air is continuously passed into the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 to maintain the aseptic environment of the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 and cool down.
  • the temperature and humidity sensor 41 is configured to detect the temperature and humidity in the chassis 1 and feed it back to the main control module 9 so that the environment control module 4 keeps the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 in a constant temperature, constant humidity and sterile state.
  • the cooling and humidifying device 44 when the temperature of the working space 14 in the chassis 1 is too high, slowly pass in filtered external air to reduce the temperature, and the humidity of the working space 14 in the chassis 1 is too low At this time, aseptic water vapor is released to increase the humidity of the working space 14 in the case 1, so as to slow down the dehydration and solidification of the printed object.
  • the ultraviolet light source 42 includes a high-band ultraviolet light source 42 and a low-band ultraviolet light source 42.
  • the high-band ultraviolet light source 42 can emit ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200-275 nm to directly sterilize the directly irradiated part;
  • the low-band ultraviolet light source 42 can emit Ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 320-420nm uses ionized air to generate ozone in the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100, thereby sterilizing the area that cannot receive direct ultraviolet radiation.
  • the ventilating device 43 can remove residual ozone when passing the filtered sterile air into the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100.
  • the micro-control unit 94 (see FIG. 1) of the main control module 9 can collect the information detected by the position sensor 45 and the temperature and humidity sensor 41 through an auxiliary signal collector, and perform analysis and processing.
  • FIG. 3b is a rear view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment.
  • the ventilation device 43 includes a first fan 431 and a filter device 432 and is arranged on the body 11.
  • the first fan 431 can suck air outside the chassis 1 through the filter device 432 and lead to the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100.
  • the filtering device 432 may be a filtering net structure.
  • the arrangement of the first fan and the filter device purifies the air outside at room temperature (20-25°C) and then passes it into the chassis to achieve a certain cooling effect, so that the temperature of the working space of the 3D printer can be maintained.
  • a power socket 15 is provided on the back of the body 11, and the power socket 15 is configured to provide power.
  • the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7, the temperature control module 8 and the main control module 9 can be electrically connected through a data line.
  • FIG. 4 is a top view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment.
  • the plurality of stations 3 include a storage station 31, a pre-processing station 32, a printing station 33, a post-processing station 34, a detection station 35, and an object storage station 36 arranged in sequence, and the straight line Y direction distribution.
  • the delivery nozzle 2 includes a pretreatment nozzle 21, a post-treatment nozzle 22, and a printing nozzle 23.
  • the pre-processing nozzle 21 is arranged above the pre-processing station 32; the post-processing nozzle 22 is arranged above the post-processing station 34; the printing nozzle 23 is arranged above the printing station 33.
  • the top includes directly above and diagonally above.
  • the pre-processing station 32, post-processing station 34 and printing station 33 can be moved under the action of the station switching module 5, the pre-processing station 32, post-processing station 34 and printing station 33 will move and leave respectively Directly below the pre-processing nozzle 21, the post-processing nozzle 22 and the printing nozzle 23, relatively speaking, the pre-processing station 32, the post-processing station 34 and the printing station 33 will move to the pre-processing nozzle 21 and the post-processing nozzle 22 respectively. And diagonally below the print head 23.
  • the material conveying module 7 includes two conveying components 70, and the two conveying components 70 are a printing material conveying component 72 and a processing liquid conveying component 71 respectively.
  • the printing material conveying component 72 is connected to the printing nozzle 23, and the printing material conveying component 72 is configured to convey the printing material;
  • the processing liquid conveying component 71 is connected to the printing nozzle 23, the pre-processing nozzle 21 or the post-processing nozzle 22, and the processing liquid conveying component 71 is configured to Transport treatment liquid.
  • the 3D printer 100 can transfer the printing vessel 30 to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and sequentially perform operations such as extracting the printing vessel 30, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing, and filing.
  • the main control module 9 can be arranged on the right side of the case 1, and the environmental control module 4, the nozzle moving module 6 and the station switching module 5 are arranged on the left side of the case 1, and are sequentially distributed along the X direction shown in FIG.
  • the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 may be arranged on the right side of the main control module 9, the printing material delivery assembly 72 may be arranged on the left side of the main control module 9, and the right side of the nozzle moving module 6.
  • the pretreatment liquid may be a liquid material used for pretreatment, such as a cleaning liquid, a surface activation liquid, and the like.
  • the post-treatment liquid may be a liquid material used for post-treatment such as a cross-linking liquid or a solvent used to dissolve the sacrificial material.
  • the detection station 35 includes detection elements such as a camera, optical coherence tomography, or infrared detection.
  • the detection element is set at the detection station 35 to detect the printed object and feed the information back to the main control module 9.
  • an identification code such as an object code is provided on the printing vessel 30, and the detection station 35 can scan, identify and record the identification code.
  • the detection station 35 is provided with a pit 37 that matches the printing vessel 30 (please refer to FIG. 17a), and the detection element can be set on the inner surface of the pit 37 of the detection station 35, or set in the concave Above the pit 37.
  • the object storage station 36 includes a finished product seat 361 and a defective product seat 362.
  • classification of printed objects can be performed to distinguish between finished products and defective products.
  • a needle cleaning cylinder 13 is provided in the case 1 and is located on one side of the printing station 33.
  • the printing nozzle 23 is driven by the nozzle moving module 6 to move to the needle cleaning cylinder 13 accordingly. That is, the needle cleaning cylinder 13 is located within the moving range of the printing nozzle 23.
  • the printing nozzle 23 Before printing starts, the printing nozzle 23 can be moved to the needle cleaning cylinder 13 under the action of the nozzle moving module 6, and a piece of printing material can be extruded and discarded, so that the printing material left in the printing nozzle 23 can be removed to improve the printed objects.
  • the quality of. Therefore, the needle cleaning cylinder 13 can be set as the origin of the coordinate system, that is, the origin of the workstation.
  • the needle cleaning cylinder 13 is configured to calibrate the position of the printing nozzle 23 to improve the production accuracy of the printed object.
  • a heating element such as an electric heater may be provided in the needle cleaning barrel 13 so that the temperature of the print nozzle 23 is not too low, which may cause the problem of unclean waste removal.
  • an optical sensor and other measuring elements may be provided in the needle cleaning cylinder 13 to judge the position of the print nozzle 23 and feed it back to the main control module 9.
  • the micro control unit 94 of the main control module 9 can position and calibrate the needle tip of the print nozzle 23 through a calibration sensor, wherein the calibration sensor can transmit the position information of the needle tip of the print nozzle 23 to the micro control unit 94.
  • the calibration sensor is provided in the needle cleaning cylinder 13.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of the object storage station 36 provided by this embodiment.
  • the object storage station 36 may further include a plurality of first moving devices 363, which are respectively connected to the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362, and the first moving device 363 is configured to move the finished product seat 361 And the defective seat 362.
  • the first moving device 363 may include a third driving motor 3631, two third pulleys 3632, and a third belt 3633.
  • the third driving motor 3631, the two third pulleys 3632, and the third belt 3633 are drivingly connected to form a belt transmission.
  • the third driving motor 3631 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.
  • the main control module 9 can control the first moving device 363 connected to the finished product seat 361 to move the finished product seat 361 so that the finished product seat 361 moves in the X direction and approaches the inspection station 35. It is convenient to move the printed object; the main control module 9 can control the first moving device 363 connected to the defective seat 362 to move the defective seat 362 so that the defective seat 362 moves in the X direction and away from the detection station 35, avoiding the finished seat 361 .
  • the detection station 35 detects that the printed object is a defective product, the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 move in opposite directions.
  • the number of first moving devices 363 is equal to the sum of the number of finished seats 361 and defective seats 362.
  • the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 are detachably provided with a mounting plate 364, a plurality of mounting holes 3641 are provided on the mounting plate 364, and the mounting plate 364 is configured to hold the printing vessel 30.
  • the mounting plate 364 may be an organ chip, a 6-well cell culture plate, a 12-well cell culture plate, a 24-well cell culture plate, a 48-well cell culture plate, or a 96-well cell culture plate.
  • the setting of the mounting plate 364 facilitates the movement of multiple printing vessels 30 at a time.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the temperature control module 8 provided by this embodiment.
  • the temperature control module 8 may include a plurality of liquid cooling temperature control units 80, a refrigerant circulation circuit, and a transmission temperature control unit 83.
  • the plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units 80 include a station temperature control unit 81, a storage temperature control unit 82 and an extrusion temperature control unit 84.
  • the station temperature control unit 81 is arranged at the bottom of the station 3 and is configured to control the temperature of the station 3.
  • the storage temperature control unit 82 is provided at the material conveying module 7 (see FIG. 4), and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material or the processing liquid.
  • the extrusion temperature control unit 84 is provided at the printing nozzle 23 and is configured to control the temperature of the printing nozzle 23.
  • the refrigerant liquid circulation circuit is configured to cooperate with a plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units 80 for temperature control.
  • the transmission temperature control unit 83 is provided on the transmission pipe 702 and is configured to control the temperature of the transmission pipe 702.
  • the transmission temperature control unit 83 includes a refrigerating fin structure sheathed outside the transmission tube 702, and the refrigerating fin structure can be configured to be cooled by the positive current, or configured to heat by the reverse current.
  • the cooling fin structure can cover the entire transfer tube 702 or only a section or one end of the transfer tube 702.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 provided in this embodiment.
  • a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 includes a temperature control component 801; the temperature control component 801 includes a heat absorption end 8011, a heat dissipation end 8012, and a temperature control element 8013.
  • the heat absorption end 8011 is located at the print nozzle 23, the material conveying module 7 or the station 3.
  • the cooling end 8012 is provided with a channel 8016 for the passage of refrigerant, and a liquid inlet 8014 and a liquid outlet 8015 communicating with the channel 8016, the liquid inlet 8014 and the liquid outlet 8015 are both connected with the refrigerant liquid pipe 861;
  • the temperature control member 8013 is arranged between the heat absorption end 8011 and the heat dissipation end 8012.
  • each temperature control module The component combination method and temperature control principle of each temperature control module are the same, which not only facilitates the layout and disassembly of the temperature control module, but also facilitates the temperature control of each temperature control module by the main control module and the design of the temperature adjustment scheme, which is convenient for refinement control.
  • Both the heat-absorbing end 8011 and the heat-dissipating end 8012 are made of a metal material (such as brass) with high thermal conductivity.
  • the heat-absorbing end 8011 directly contacts the temperature-controlled component, absorbs the heat of the temperature-controlled component, and then transfers the heat-absorbing end 8011 through the temperature control element 8013
  • the heat transferred to the radiating end 8012 causes the temperature of the radiating end 8012 to rise, and at the same time, the refrigerant pipe 861 sends the refrigerant through the liquid inlet 8014 into the passage 8016, and the radiator 8012 transfers the heat to the refrigerant in the passage 8016, and then absorbs
  • the heat of the refrigerant leaves the channel 8016 from the liquid outlet 8015, and the heat dissipation end 8012 restores the initial temperature, and the process is repeated to achieve the cooling effect.
  • the main control module 9 When the temperature sensor 85 detects that the temperature of the component to be controlled is lower than the set temperature, the main control module 9 provides a reverse current to the temperature control element 8013 to transfer the heat from the heat dissipation end 8012 to the heat absorption end 8011, thereby increasing the The temperature of the temperature control component plays a heating role.
  • the temperature control element 8013 may be a heat pump.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 provided in this embodiment.
  • the single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 further includes a heat-insulating outer layer 802.
  • the heat-insulating outer layer 802 is provided on the outside of the temperature control component 801 to cover or partially cover the temperature control component 801.
  • the heat-insulating outer layer 802 is constructed Insulation.
  • the arrangement of the outer thermal insulation layer can reduce the heat exchange between the temperature control component and the outside, so that it can achieve the thermal insulation effect.
  • the heat insulation outer layer is made of a material with low thermal conductivity, and the material with low thermal conductivity may be plastic or ABS resin.
  • the temperature control module 8 may also include a plurality of temperature sensors 85, and the plurality of temperature sensors 85 may be respectively provided in the station temperature control unit 81, the storage temperature control unit 82, the transmission temperature control unit 83 and the extrusion temperature control unit
  • the temperature sensor 85 is configured to detect temperature and feed it back to the main control module 9. Therefore, the setting of the temperature sensor 85 enables each temperature control unit to have the functions of temperature detection and information feedback.
  • the station temperature control unit 81 includes a forming station temperature controller 811 and an object temperature controller 812.
  • the forming station temperature controller 811 is provided at the storage station 31, the pretreatment station 32, the printing station 33, and the post-processing station. 34 and 35 inspection stations; the object thermostat 812 is installed at 36 object storage stations (please refer to Figure 4).
  • the forming station temperature controller 811 can control the temperature of station 3 during the printing and forming process to improve the quality of the printed object.
  • the object temperature controller 812 can control the temperature of the object storage station 36 after the printing and molding is completed, so as to extend the storage time of the object and avoid changes.
  • each station 3 is provided with at least one pit 37, and the station 3 is made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity.
  • a low temperature environment with uniform temperature is formed in the pit 37 to form a cold trap platform, so that a certain degree of uniformity between the layers of the product is maintained, so that the 3D printer can produce higher-level products.
  • the metal material can be aluminum, silver or copper.
  • the pit 37 is a blind hole with a flat bottom, which can be configured to place a printed product.
  • FIG. 9b is a cross-sectional view of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment.
  • the aperture of the pit 37 decreases sequentially from top to bottom.
  • the pit 37 is configured to accommodate a printing vessel 30 configured to receive a printed product and configured to isolate temperature.
  • the printing vessel 30 may have a flat structure or a cup structure. The printing vessel 30 isolates the contact between the product and the inner wall of the pit, and isolates the temperature conduction to avoid damage to the product structure.
  • the station temperature control unit 81 includes a first temperature control component 803 and a first thermal insulation outer layer 804.
  • the first temperature control component 803 includes a first heat absorption end 8031, a first temperature control member 8033, and a The first heat dissipation end 8032 and the first heat absorption end 8031 are located at the bottom of the printing station 33 and the post-processing station 34.
  • the first heat dissipation end 8032 is provided with a first channel 8036, and the first channel 8036 is provided with a first channel 8036.
  • the liquid inlet 8034 and the first liquid outlet 8035 are provided.
  • the first heat insulation outer layer 804 is sheathed outside the station 3 and sheathed outside the first heat absorption end 8031 and the first temperature control member 8033.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided at the bottom of the station 3 and located directly below the pit 37.
  • the station temperature control unit 81 may be an integral structure, which is located at the bottom of the printing station 33 and the post-processing station 34, or at the bottom of the pre-processing station 32, printing station 33, and post-processing station 34 , Or at the bottom of the pre-processing station 32, printing station 33, post-processing station 34, inspection station 35, and object storage station 36, or at the bottom of the storage station 31, pre-processing station 32, printing station The bottom of the position 33, the post-processing station 34, the inspection station 35 and the object storage station 36.
  • the station temperature control unit 81 can also be divided into a plurality of independent station 3 temperature control components 801, which are respectively and independently arranged at the bottom of each station 3 or the bottom of any of the plurality of stations 3.
  • the extrusion temperature control unit 84 includes a second temperature control component 841 and a second heat insulation outer layer 842, and the second temperature control component 841 includes a second heat absorption end 8411 and a second control device arranged sequentially from the inside to the outside.
  • the second heat absorption end 8411 is cylindrical and has a first through hole 8421 for the printing needle 231 to pass through.
  • the second temperature control element 8413 is cylindrical and is sleeved on the second Outside the heat-absorbing end 8411, the second heat-dissipating end 8412 has a cylindrical shape and is sleeved outside the second temperature control element 8413.
  • a second channel 8416 is provided in the second heat dissipation end 8412, and a second liquid inlet 8414 and a second liquid outlet 8415 are provided on the second channel 8416.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided on the inner surface of the first through hole 8421.
  • the second heat insulation outer layer 842 is sleeved outside the second temperature control component 841.
  • FIG. 10b is a schematic structural diagram of the second heat insulation outer layer provided by this embodiment.
  • the second insulating outer layer 842 is provided with a second through hole 8422 through which the printing needle 231 passes, a third through hole 8423 through which the second liquid inlet 8414 passes, and a second through hole 8415 through which the second liquid outlet 8415 passes.
  • the axis of the third through hole 8423 and the axis of the fourth through hole 8424 are arranged in parallel, and the axis of the third through hole 8423 and the axis of the second through hole 8422 are arranged perpendicularly.
  • the cross section of the second insulating outer layer 842 has a "T" shape.
  • the outer surface of the second insulating outer layer 842 is arc-shaped.
  • FIG. 10c is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided in this embodiment.
  • the printing needle 231 sequentially passes through the second through hole 8422 and the first through hole 8421 to form a fixation with the extrusion temperature control unit 84.
  • FIG. 10d is a structural diagram of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided in this embodiment.
  • the second liquid inlet 8414 passes through the third through hole 8423, and the second liquid outlet 8415 passes through the fourth through hole 8424, so that the second heat insulation outer layer 842 is sleeved outside the second temperature control component 841.
  • the storage temperature control unit 82 includes a material supply temperature controller 821 and a liquid supply temperature controller 823: the material supply temperature controller 821 is located at the printing material conveying assembly 72 (refer to FIG. 4) and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material ; The liquid supply temperature controller 823 is provided at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 (see FIG. 4) and is configured to control the temperature of the processing liquid.
  • FIG. 11a is a top view of the first memory provided by this embodiment.
  • the first storage 711 is connected to the printing needle 231, the pre-processing nozzle 21 or the post-processing nozzle 22 through the transmission tube 702, and the first storage 711 is configured to store the treatment liquid and transport the treatment liquid to the printing needle 231 and the pretreatment worker.
  • the first storage 711 includes a first bottom plate 7114 and a first syringe tube 7111 provided on the first bottom plate 7114.
  • first syringe tubes 7111 There are two first syringe tubes 7111, one first syringe tube 7111 is connected to the post-treatment spray head 22 through the transfer tube 702, and the other first syringe tube 7111 is connected to the pretreatment spray head 21 through the transfer tube 702.
  • FIG. 11b is a cross-sectional view of the liquid supply temperature controller and the first storage provided by this embodiment.
  • the fourth temperature control component 824 includes a fourth heat absorption end 8241, a fourth temperature control element 8243, and a fourth heat dissipation end 8242 that are sequentially arranged from top to bottom, and a fourth channel is provided in the fourth heat dissipation end 8242 8246, the fourth channel 8246 is provided with a fourth liquid inlet 8244 and a fourth liquid outlet 8245.
  • the first bottom plate 7114 is provided with a first mounting hole, and the fourth temperature control component 824 is inserted into the first mounting hole, and the fourth heat-absorbing end 8241 is in direct contact with the first syringe tube 7111.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the fourth heat absorbing end 8241 and the first syringe tube 7111.
  • FIG. 11c is a bottom view of the liquid supply temperature controller provided in this embodiment.
  • the fourth liquid inlet 8244 and the fourth liquid outlet 8245 are both provided on the bottom surface of the fourth heat dissipation end 8242.
  • the second memory 721 is a top view of the second memory 721 provided in this embodiment.
  • the second storage 721 is connected to the printing needle 231 through the transmission tube 702, and the second storage 721 is configured to store printing materials and transport the printing materials to the printing station 33.
  • the second storage 721 includes a second bottom plate 7214 and a second syringe tube 7211 arranged on the second bottom plate 7214. There are two second syringe tubes 7211, and both are connected to the printing needle 231 through the transmission tube 702.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided at the connection between the second syringe tube 7211 and the transmission tube 702, or is provided on the transmission tube 702 connected to the second syringe tube 7211.
  • FIG. 12b is a cross-sectional view of the feeding temperature controller and the second storage provided by this embodiment.
  • the feeding temperature controller 821 includes a third temperature control component 822
  • the third temperature control component 822 includes a third heat absorption end 8221, a third temperature control element 8223, and a third heat dissipation end arranged in order from top to bottom. 8222, a third channel 8226 is provided in the third heat dissipation end 8222, and a third liquid inlet 8224 and a third liquid outlet 8225 are provided on the third channel 8226.
  • the second bottom plate 7214 is provided with a second mounting hole, and the third temperature control component 822 is inserted into the second mounting hole, and the third heat-absorbing end 8221 is in direct contact with the second syringe tube 7211.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the third heat-absorbing end 8221 and the second syringe tube 7211.
  • FIG. 12c is a bottom view of the feeding temperature controller provided in this embodiment.
  • the third liquid inlet 8224 and the third liquid outlet 8225 are both provided on the bottom surface of the third heat dissipation end 8222.
  • the refrigerant liquid circulation circuit is formed by connecting the refrigerant liquid heat sink 862 and each liquid cooling temperature control unit 80 by a refrigerant liquid pipe 861.
  • the cooling liquid heat dissipation device 862 includes a cooling liquid storage tank 863, a heat exchanger 864 and a cooling liquid pump 865.
  • the cooling liquid storage tank 863 is arranged in the case 1 and is configured to store the cooling liquid; the heat exchanger 864 and the cooling liquid storage tank 863
  • the cold liquid pump 865 is arranged between the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 and the heat exchanger 864, and the cold liquid pump 865 is configured to transport the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 to the heat exchange ⁇ 864 ⁇ .
  • the refrigerating liquid circulation circuit includes two: First, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank 863 flows out under the action of the cold liquid pump 865, to the heat exchanger 864, then to the feed thermostat 821, and then to the liquid supply The thermostat 823 then flows to the station temperature control unit 81, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage tank 863 to form a refrigerant circulation loop; second, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank 863 is in the refrigerant pump 865 Under the action, it flows out to the extrusion temperature control unit 84, and finally flows back into the refrigerating liquid storage tank 863 to form a refrigerating liquid circulation loop.
  • the cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.
  • FIG. 13b is a schematic diagram of the structure of the refrigerant storage tank and the refrigerant pump provided by this embodiment.
  • the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 is provided with two fifth liquid inlets 8631 and two fifth liquid outlets 8632 corresponding to the two fifth liquid inlets 8631 respectively.
  • the cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.
  • Fig. 13c is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger provided by this embodiment.
  • the heat exchanger 864 includes a second fan 8641 and a sixth liquid inlet 8642 and a sixth liquid outlet 8643 provided on the second fan 8641.
  • a station temperature control unit 81 by adding a station temperature control unit 81, a storage temperature control unit 82, and an extrusion temperature control unit 84 to respectively control the temperature of the station 3, the material conveying module 7 or the printing nozzle 23, and by adding a transmission temperature control unit 83
  • the temperature of the transfer tube 702 can be controlled, so that the multiple components in the chassis 1 can be heated and cooled according to their respective functions, so as to achieve the effect of precise temperature control, which can be adapted to printing materials such as hydrogel. Temperature-sensitive characteristics to control the gelation process and improve the quality of printed objects.
  • the storage temperature control unit 82 can control the temperature of the printing material and the processing liquid to make their physical properties in the best state.
  • the transmission temperature control unit 83 can control the temperature of the printing material in the transmission tube 702 in a targeted manner, so that the printing material is transformed into a more fluid form, thereby facilitating transportation.
  • the extrusion temperature control unit 84 can make the printing material in the transfer tube 702 solidify, making it easier to print and shape.
  • FIG. 14a is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided in this embodiment.
  • the single delivery assembly 70 includes a storage 701, a transfer tube 702, and a squeezing device 703.
  • the storage 701 includes a syringe tube 7011 and a piston push rod 7012 arranged in the syringe tube 7011, configured to store printing materials or processing liquids.
  • the transfer pipe 702 is configured to connect the storage 701 and the delivery nozzle 2 together; the squeezing device 703 is connected to the piston push rod 7012 and is configured to push the piston push rod 7012.
  • the storage temperature control unit 82 (see FIG. 6) is provided at the memory 701.
  • a single conveying assembly 70 two storages 701 are provided.
  • the two storages 701 in the printing material conveying assembly 72 are configured to store printing materials, and are connected to the printing nozzle 23 through a transmission tube 702.
  • the two storages 701 in the treatment liquid delivery assembly 71 are respectively configured to store the pretreatment liquid and the post treatment liquid, and are respectively connected to the pretreatment nozzle 21 and the post treatment nozzle 22 through the transmission pipe 702.
  • at least one treatment liquid delivery assembly 71 is provided, and more than one may be provided.
  • the conveying assembly 70 includes a first tray 705 which is arranged on the chassis 1.
  • the extrusion device 703 includes a driving motor 7031, a screw 7032, and a pushing table 7033.
  • the driving motor 7031 is arranged on the first tray 705.
  • the screw 7032 is in transmission connection with the driving motor 7031.
  • the pushing table 7033 is slidably connected to the screw 7032 and
  • the piston push rod 7012 is connected.
  • the conveying assembly 70 includes a force sensor 706 which is provided on the storage 701 and is configured to detect the force of the pressing device 703 on the storage 701.
  • the driving motor 7031 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.
  • the squeezing device 703 may be driven by an air cylinder.
  • the micro-control unit 94 of the main control module 9 can collect the information detected by the force sensor 706 through an auxiliary signal collector, and perform further analysis and processing.
  • the force sensor 706 is configured to detect the force of the pressing device 703 on the memory 701, that is, the force sensor 706 senses the force of the memory 701 in the direction of movement of the pushing table 7033 on the first tray 705.
  • the force sensor 706 transmits information to the micro-control unit 94 of the main control module 9 through the auxiliary signal collector, so that the main control module 9 informs the operation through the human-computer interaction interface 91
  • the memory 701 was not successfully installed.
  • the storage 701 When the storage 701 is installed on the first tray 705, and the pushing table 7033 starts to extrude the material in the storage 701, it can be judged whether the bubbles in the storage 701 have been discharged by the magnitude of the force received by the storage 701, and After the material is extruded, it can be judged whether the material in the memory 701 has been extruded by the magnitude of the force received by the memory 701, and the information detected by the force sensor 706 is transmitted to the micro-control unit of the main control module 9 through the auxiliary signal collector 94. Enable the main control module 9 to judge the measures that need to be taken through the human-computer interaction interface 91 (see FIG. 1).
  • FIG. 14b is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided by this embodiment.
  • the single conveying assembly 70 further includes a guide rail 704, the guide rail 704 is arranged on the chassis 1, and the first tray 705 is slidably arranged on the chassis 1 through the guide rail 704.
  • a single conveying assembly 70 includes a storage 701, a transmission tube 702 and a pressing device 703, a first tray 705, and a force sensor 706.
  • the storage 701 includes a liquid storage bag 7013, and the storage 701 is configured to store printing materials or processing liquid.
  • the squeezing device 703 includes a peristaltic pump 7034 arranged on the first tray 705, and the transfer tube 702 is connected to the storage bag 7013 after passing through the peristaltic pump 7034.
  • the storage temperature control unit 82 (see FIG. 6) is provided at the memory 701.
  • FIG. 14d is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided by this embodiment.
  • the single conveying assembly 70 further includes a guide rail 704, the guide rail 704 is arranged on the chassis 1, and the first tray 705 is slidably arranged on the chassis 1 through the guide rail 704.
  • FIG. 15a is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided by this embodiment.
  • the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 includes a corresponding first storage 711, a first squeezing device 713, a first guide rail 714, a third tray 715, and a first force sensor 716.
  • the first storage 711 includes The corresponding first syringe tube 7111 and the first piston push rod 7112.
  • the liquid supply thermostat 823 is arranged at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, wherein the temperature sensor 85 of the liquid supply thermostat 823 can be arranged between the first storage 711 and the third tray 715.
  • FIG. 15b is a bottom view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided in this embodiment.
  • the first pressing device 713 includes a corresponding first driving motor 7131, a first screw 7132 and a first pushing table 7133.
  • the first driving motor 7131 is in transmission connection with the first screw 7132.
  • the first pushing table 7133 is provided on the first screw 7132 and can move along the axis of the first screw 7132 with the rotation of the first screw 7132.
  • the first piston push rod 7112 is connected to the first push table 7133 and can move accordingly, so that the processing liquid in the first syringe tube 7111 is squeezed to the transfer tube 702.
  • FIG. 15c is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided by this embodiment.
  • the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 includes a corresponding first storage 711, a first squeezing device 713, a first guide rail 714, a third tray 715, and a first force sensor 716.
  • the first storage 711 includes The corresponding first liquid storage bag 7113.
  • the first squeezing device 713 includes a corresponding first peristaltic pump 7134.
  • the liquid supply temperature controller 823 is provided at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, and the temperature sensor 85 is provided between the first storage 711 and the third tray 715.
  • FIG. 16a is a top view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment.
  • the printing material conveying assembly 72 includes a corresponding second storage 721, a second pressing device 723, a fourth tray 725 and a second force sensor 726, and the second storage 721 includes a corresponding second needle The bobbin 7211 and the second piston push rod 7212.
  • the supply temperature controller 821 is provided at the printing material conveying assembly 72, and the temperature sensor 85 of the supply temperature controller 821 may be provided between the second storage 721 and the fourth tray 725.
  • the transmission temperature control unit 83 is provided on the transmission tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 and/or at the junction of the second storage 721 and the transmission tube 702, and the temperature sensor 85 of the transmission temperature control unit 83 can be provided On the transmission tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 or at the connection between the second storage 721 and the transmission tube 702.
  • FIG. 16b is a bottom view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided in this embodiment.
  • the second pressing device 723 includes a corresponding second driving motor 7231 (see FIG. 16c), a second screw 7232, and a second pushing table 7233.
  • the second driving motor 7231 is in transmission connection with the second screw 7232, and the second pushing table 7233 is provided on the second screw 7232 and can move along the axis direction of the second screw 7232 with the rotation of the second screw 7232.
  • the second piston push rod 7212 is connected to the second push table 7233 and can move accordingly, so that the printing material in the second syringe tube 7211 is squeezed to the transfer tube 702.
  • FIG. 16c is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment.
  • the second squeezing device 723 also includes a fourth pulley 7234 and a fourth belt 7235.
  • the fourth pulley 7234 and the fourth belt 7235 connect the second driving motor 7231 and the second screw 7232 together, that is, the second driving motor 7231 passes
  • the belt drive is in drive connection with the second screw 7232.
  • the second driving motor 7231 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.
  • FIG. 16d is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment.
  • the printing material delivery assembly 72 includes a corresponding second storage 721, a second pressing device 723, a fourth tray 725, and a second force sensor 726, and the second storage 721 includes a corresponding second storage.
  • the liquid bag 7213 and the second squeezing device 723 include a corresponding second peristaltic pump 7236.
  • one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the second storage 721 and the fourth tray 725.
  • One of the temperature sensors 85 is provided on the transfer tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 or at the junction of the second storage 721 and the transfer tube 702.
  • FIG. 17a is a cross-sectional view of the station 3 and the forming station temperature controller 811 provided in this embodiment.
  • the storage station 31 is provided with a storage cylinder 311.
  • the printing vessels 30 can be stacked layer by layer to form 30 groups of printing vessels.
  • the 30 groups of printing vessels can be placed in the storage cylinder 311 and can be used by the station switching module 5 (see Figure 2) Extract one by one.
  • a buckle 312 is provided on the open end of the storage cylinder 311, and the buckle 312 can abut the printing vessel 30 to prevent the printing vessel 30 from coming out of the storage cylinder 311.
  • the buckle 312 can be connected to the station switching module 5 (see Figure 1) matches and is pushed apart, so that the printing vessels 30 are taken out from the storage cylinder 311 by the station switching module 5 one by one.
  • the cross section of the buckle 312 is "L" shaped.
  • the storage cylinder 311 further includes a fifth tray 313, and the printing vessels 30 can be arranged on the fifth tray 313 in a group of printing vessels 30 formed by layering.
  • the storage cylinder 311 further includes a spring 314, one end of the spring 314 is connected to the inner bottom surface of the storage cylinder 311, and the other end of the spring 314 is connected to the bottom surface of the fifth tray 313.
  • the printing station 33 is provided with a pit 37, and the bottom of the pit 37 is provided with a forming station temperature controller 811.
  • the pre-processing station 32, the post-processing station 34, and the inspection station 35 are provided with a pit 37, and the bottom of the pit 37 is provided with a forming station temperature controller 811.
  • the inner wall of the pit 37 matches the inner wall of the printing vessel 30.
  • the plurality of stations 3 are made of metal material with high thermal conductivity, such as aluminum alloy or brass.
  • the plurality of stations 3 and the forming station thermostat 811 are covered with a heat-insulating outer layer 802, and the heat-insulating outer layer 802 is configured to prevent the temperature of the respective stations 3 from changing due to external influences.
  • the heat-insulating outer layer 802 is made of materials with high heat-insulating properties, such as ABS resin or aerogel.
  • a first sensor 321 is provided on the bottom or side of the pit 37 in the preprocessing station 32, and the first sensor 321 is configured to detect whether a printing vessel enters the preprocessing station.
  • the first sensor 321 may be a gravity sensor or an optical sensor.
  • the pretreatment nozzle 21 is also provided with a first ultraviolet light source 211 and a pretreatment liquid removal tube 212.
  • the first ultraviolet light source 211 is configured to emit ultraviolet light and sterilize the printing vessel 30, and the pretreatment liquid removal tube 212 is configured to The remaining pretreatment liquid in the pretreatment station 32 is removed.
  • the post-processing nozzle 22 is provided with a second ultraviolet light source 221 and a post-processing liquid removal tube 222.
  • the second ultraviolet light source 221 is configured to emit ultraviolet light and photocures the printed object in the printing vessel 30.
  • the second ultraviolet light source 221 can The disassembly site is set on the pretreatment station 32.
  • the post-treatment liquid removal pipe 222 is configured to remove the post-treatment liquid remaining in the post-treatment station 34.
  • FIG. 17b is a cross-sectional view of the station 3 and the forming station temperature controller 811 provided in this embodiment.
  • the storage cylinder 311 also includes a fourth drive motor 315.
  • the fourth drive motor 315 is connected with a third screw 316 for transmission.
  • the third screw 316 is provided with a sliding block 317 along which the fifth tray 313 is fixed. connection.
  • the fourth driving motor 315 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.
  • FIG. 17c is a cross-sectional view of the trough 318 and the printing vessel 30 provided in this embodiment.
  • the storage barrel 311 further includes a trough barrel 318.
  • the stack of printing vessels 30 formed by the printing vessels 30 is put into the trough cylinder 318 and then into the storage cylinder 311.
  • the grooved cylinder 318 is provided with a grooved cylinder cover 3181, and the grooved cylinder cover 3181 is configured to seal the grooved cylinder 318.
  • FIG. 18a is a bottom view of the nozzle moving module 6 provided in this embodiment.
  • the nozzle moving module 6 includes a printing platform 61, an XY-direction movement system 62 and a Z-direction movement system 63.
  • the printing platform 61 is arranged in the chassis 1 and on one side of the printing station 33; the XY-direction movement system 62 Connected to the print head 23 and set on the printing platform 61, the XY direction motion system 62 is configured to move the print head 23 in the X direction or the Y direction; the Z direction motion system 63 is connected to the print platform 61, and the Z direction motion system 63 is configured to The printing platform 61 is moved along the Z direction; wherein the X direction, the Y direction and the Z direction are perpendicular to each other.
  • the nozzle moving module 6 includes a dust cover 633 which is connected to the printing platform 61 and can move with the print nozzle 23.
  • the dust cover 633 is configured to cover the print nozzle 23.
  • the dust cover 633 may be a flexible organ-type dust cover, or a protective cover composed of three discs with holes, so as to prevent contamination from overflowing and to prevent contamination of the printing area.
  • the dust cover 633 includes three discs with holes.
  • the three discs with holes are the first disc, the second disc, and the third disc.
  • the second disc is connected to and covers the printing plate.
  • the first disc and the third disc are respectively located on the upper and lower sides of the second disc.
  • the second disc has a second through hole, the second through hole is used as a space for the print head 23 to move, the first disc and the third disc have a first through hole and a third through hole, and the first through hole
  • the hole and the third through hole allow the print nozzle 23 to pass through and are connected to the print nozzle 23, so that the first disk and the third disk can move with the print nozzle 23 and move during the movement process of the first disk and the third disk.
  • the second through hole is always in a closed state.
  • the XY-direction movement system 62 includes an X-direction guide rail 621 and a Y-direction guide rail 622, a pulley block 623, a first belt 624, a fifth drive motor 626, and a sixth drive motor 627.
  • the pulley block 623 includes a plurality of pulleys.
  • the pulleys are arranged on the printing platform 61 and can rotate around its own axis; the first belt 624 is arranged on the pulley block 623 and is connected with the printing nozzle 23; the Y-direction guide rail 622 is arranged along the Y direction in the printing Platform 61; X-direction guide rail 621 is arranged on printing platform 61 along X-direction, and X-direction guide rail 621 is slidably arranged on Y-direction guide 622; printing nozzle 23 is slidably arranged on X-direction guide 621; fifth The driving motor 626 is connected to a fifth driving motor 626 in the transmission of a pulley in the pulley block 623, and is configured to drive the print head 23 to move in the X direction and the Y direction; the sixth driving motor 627 is drivingly connected to one pulley in the pulley block 623, and the sixth driving motor 627 It is configured to drive the print head 23 to move in the X direction and the Y
  • the pulleys in the pulley set 623 are configured to stretch and adjust the direction of the first belt 624, and the number of pulleys in the pulley set 623 can be increased or deleted as needed.
  • the working principle of the XY direction movement system 62 is the working principle of CoreXY, so that the operation of the fifth drive motor 626 and the sixth drive motor 627 can be converted into the movement of the print nozzle 23 in the X direction and the Y direction.
  • the main control module 9 uses the fifth drive motor 626 to make the pulley drive the first belt 624 to run for a distance of ⁇ A; the main control module 9 uses the sixth drive motor 627 to make the pulley drive the first belt 624 to run for a distance of ⁇ B; the main control module 9 can pass
  • ⁇ x is the movement distance of the print nozzle 23 in the x-axis direction; in the formula, ⁇ y is the movement distance of the print nozzle 23 in the y-axis direction.
  • the XY-direction motion system 62 can be a device made using CoreXY's working principle, or a three-axis orthogonal module (XYZ three-axis motion platform), a parallel robot (Delta Parallel Mechanism) or a planar joint robot.
  • XYZ three-axis motion platform XYZ three-axis motion platform
  • parallel robot Delta Parallel Mechanism
  • planar joint robot a device made by working principle.
  • FIG. 18b is a schematic structural diagram of the nozzle moving module 6 provided in this embodiment.
  • the Z-direction motion system 63 includes a Z-direction drive motor 632 and a Z-direction screw 631.
  • the Z-direction screw 631 is in transmission connection with the Z-direction drive motor 632, and the printing platform 61 is movably arranged on the Z-direction screw 631.
  • the fifth driving motor 626 and a pulley in the pulley block 623 are connected together through a fifth belt 6261 and a fifth pulley 6262 for transmission.
  • the sixth driving motor 627 is drivingly connected to one pulley in the pulley block 623 through a second belt 6271 and a second pulley 6272.
  • the fifth drive motor 626, the sixth drive motor 627, and the Z direction drive motor 632 may be stepper motors or servo motors.
  • FIG. 19a is a schematic structural diagram of the printing nozzle 23 provided by this embodiment.
  • the printing nozzle 23 includes a printing needle 231, a first base 232, and a housing 233.
  • the first base 232 is arranged on the X-direction guide 621 (see FIG. 18a) and connected to a belt; the housing 233 is arranged on the first base 232, and set outside the printing needle 231.
  • the housing 233 includes a needle housing 2331 and a spray head housing 2332.
  • the needle housing 2331 is arranged outside the printing needle 231 and is connected to two transmission tubes 702.
  • the two transmission tubes 702 are each of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71.
  • FIG. 19b is an exploded schematic diagram of the printing nozzle 23 provided in this embodiment.
  • the print head 23 also includes a light curing module 24.
  • the light curing module 24 is arranged on the outside of the shower head housing 2332.
  • the light curing module 24 is configured to provide light curing conditions for the extruded 3D printing material, such as ultraviolet radiation.
  • the light curing module 24 receives instructions from the main control module 9 to control the time, intensity and other parameters of the light.
  • the micro control unit 94 in the main control module 9 assists the motion controller to control the light curing module 24.
  • the light curing module 24 may also be arranged on the inner side of the nozzle housing 2332, so that the 3D printing material can be light-cured from the inside while the printing nozzle 23 is heated.
  • FIG. 20a is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment.
  • the printing needle 231 includes an outer needle 2311 and an inner needle 2312.
  • the outer needle 2311 has a cavity 23111, and the inner needle 2312 penetrates the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311. Therefore, by changing the number, length and arrangement method of the inner needles 2312, the mixing, covering, and alternation of multiple materials can be provided in the 3D printing process to enrich the achievable 3D printing structure.
  • the outer diameter of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the inner diameter of the outer needle 2311, so that the outer surface of the inner needle 2312 does not contact the inner surface of the outer needle 2311.
  • at least one inner needle 2312 is provided, and the inner needle 2312 has a needle head 23121 which is arranged in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311 or passes through the outer needle 2311 and is arranged outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311.
  • one inner needle 2312 is provided, the needle head 23121 is provided in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, both the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transmission tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72, so that individual printing can be realized.
  • one inner needle 2312 is provided, and the needle head 23121 is provided outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, that is, the length of the inner needle 2312 is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, both the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transmission tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72.
  • FIG. 20b is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment.
  • Two inner needles 2312 are provided, and the needle heads 23121 of the two inner needles 2312 pass through the outer needle 2311 and are arranged outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311.
  • the length of the inner needle 2312 is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311.
  • the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are both connected with the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72, so that parallel printing can be realized.
  • FIG. 20c is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment.
  • two inner needles 2312 are provided, and the needle heads 23121 of the two inner needles 2312 are both provided in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311.
  • the length of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311.
  • the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or connected with the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71, and printing can be carried out after mixing inside the outer needle 2311, thereby realizing mixing. Print evenly.
  • FIG. 20d is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment.
  • There are two inner needles 2312 namely, a first inner needle 2312a and a second inner needle 2312b.
  • the needle head 23121 of the first inner needle 2312a is set in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the first inner needle 2312a is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311; the needle head 23121 of the second inner needle 2312b passes through the outer needle 2311 and is located on the outer needle 2311 Outside the cavity 23111, the length of the second inner needle 2312b is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311.
  • the inner wall of the outer needle 2311 protrudes inwardly with four protrusions 23112 in a circular array to fix the second inner needle 2312b.
  • the first inner needle 2312a is disposed above the protrusion 23112.
  • Four grooves 23113 in a circular array are provided on the outer wall of the outer needle 2311 and located at the corresponding position of the protrusion 23112 inward.
  • the arrangement of the four grooves 23113 in a circular array can limit the movement of the inner needle and ensure that the cavity section of the inner needle and the outer needle is two concentric circles, so as to realize the extruded coaxial printing material (circular tube). ) Uniformity of wall thickness in all directions.
  • the first inner needle 2312a and the second inner needle 2312b are connected to the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or to the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71. After the first inner needle 2312a extrudes the material, the material will flow down along the inner wall of the outer needle 2311, especially the inner surface of the protrusion 23112, and pass through the gap between the outer wall of the second inner needle 2312b and the inner surface of the protrusion 23112 After being extruded from the outer needle 2311, it overlaps with the material extruded by the second inner needle 2312b to form a coaxial print.
  • FIG. 20e is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment.
  • two inner needles 2312 are provided, namely a first inner needle 2312a and a second inner needle 2312b.
  • the needle head 23121 of the first inner needle 2312a is arranged in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the first inner needle 2312a
  • the length of the second inner needle 2312b is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311; the needle head 23121 of the second inner needle 2312b is set in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the second inner needle 2312b is less than the length of the outer needle 2311.
  • the inner wall of the outer needle 2311 protrudes inwardly with four protrusions 23112 in a circular array to fix the second inner needle 2312b.
  • the first inner needle 2312a is disposed above the protrusion 23112.
  • Four grooves 23113 in a circular array are provided on the outer wall of the outer needle 2311 and located at the corresponding position of the protrusion 23112 inward.
  • the arrangement of the four grooves 23113 in a circular array can limit the movement of the inner needle and ensure that the cavity section of the inner needle and the outer needle is two concentric circles, so as to realize the extruded coaxial printing material (round tube ) Uniformity of wall thickness in all directions.
  • the first inner needle 2312a and the second inner needle 2312b are connected to the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or to the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71. After the first inner needle 2312a extrudes the material, the material will flow down along the inner wall of the outer needle 2311, especially the inner surface of the protrusion 23112, and pass through the gap between the outer wall of the second inner needle 2312b and the inner surface of the protrusion 23112 After overlapping with the material extruded by the second inner needle 2312b, it is extruded from the outer needle 2311 to form a coaxial print.
  • FIG. 21a is a schematic structural diagram of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment.
  • the station switching module 5 includes a second base 51, a clamping member 52, and a second moving device 53, the second base 51 is provided on the chassis 1 and located on one side of the station 3; the clamping member 52 can Movably arranged on the second base 51, the clamping member 52 is configured to clamp the printing vessel 30; the second moving device 53 is connected to the clamping member 52, and the second moving device 53 is configured to move the clamping member 52 and/or the work Bit 3.
  • FIG. 21b is a top view of the clamping member 52 provided by this embodiment.
  • the clamping member 52 includes a second pallet 523, a first fork 521, and a second fork 522.
  • the second pallet 523 is movably arranged on the second base 51 (see FIG. 21a), and the second pallet 523 is provided with Sliding groove 5233; the first fork 521 is fixedly connected to the second tray 523, and a plurality of first through holes 5211 configured to clamp the printing vessel 30 are provided on the first fork 521; the second fork 522 is slidable Disposed in the sliding groove 5233, the second fork 522 is provided with a second through hole 5221 configured to clamp the printing vessel 30.
  • the first through hole 5211 penetrates the upper and lower surfaces of the first fork 521 and a side wall thereof.
  • the second through hole 5221 penetrates the upper and lower surfaces of the second fork 522 and a side wall thereof.
  • the first fork 521 is provided with a cut corner 5212 on two adjacent side walls of the first through hole 5211 respectively.
  • first through holes 5211 on the first fork 521 there are four first through holes 5211 on the first fork 521, and the four first through holes 5211 are located on the same straight line (the straight line is arranged along the Y direction), corresponding to the storage station 31 and the preset Processing station 32, printing station 33, and post-processing station 34.
  • One second through hole 5221 is provided on the second fork 522, and the position of the second through hole 5221 corresponds to the detection station 35.
  • the second fork 522 is slidably arranged in the sliding groove 5233, and the When the fork 521 remains stationary, the second fork 522 is allowed to slide a certain distance in the sliding groove 5233, so that the printing vessel 30 on the inspection station 35 can be accurately moved to an installation on the object storage station 36 In hole 3641.
  • FIG. 21c is a schematic structural diagram of the first fork 521 provided in this embodiment.
  • the bottom surface of the first fork 521 is provided with a push fork 5213 that matches the buckle 312 (see FIG. 17a), and the push fork 5213 is in the shape of an L-shaped groove.
  • FIG. 21d is a right side view of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment.
  • the second moving device 53 includes a horizontal moving component 531, a vertical moving component 532 and a lifting component 533.
  • the traverse assembly 531 is in transmission connection with the second fork 522 and is configured to drive the second fork 522 to move in the X direction;
  • the lifting assembly 533 is in transmission connection with the second tray 523 and is configured to drive the second tray 523 to move in the Z direction .
  • the lifting assembly 533 may include a motor and a screw, or may include an air cylinder or a hydraulic cylinder.
  • FIG. 21e is a left view of the station switching module 5 provided in this embodiment.
  • the second tray 523 is provided with a first magnetic member 5234
  • the second fork 522 is provided with a second magnetic member 5222 matching the first magnetic member 5234
  • the second base 51 is provided with a third magnetic member 511
  • a fourth magnetic member 5235 matched with the third magnetic member 511 is provided on the second tray 523.
  • the traverse assembly 531 includes a traverse motor 5311, a traverse pulley 5312 and a traverse belt 5313.
  • a first support rod 5231 and a second support rod 5232 extend downward from the bottom surface of the second tray 523.
  • the first magnetic member 5234 is provided on the first support rod 5231, and the fourth magnetic member 5235 is provided on the second support rod 5232.
  • a third pole 5223 extends downward from the bottom surface of the second fork 522, and the second magnetic member 5222 is disposed on the third pole 5223.
  • the sliding groove 5233 is a through groove, and the third rod 5223 passes through the sliding groove 5233 so that the second fork 522 can be slidably arranged on the second pallet 523.
  • the third support rod 5223 is connected to the traverse belt 5313 and moves in the Y direction under the drive of the traverse belt 5313, so that the second fork 522 moves in the Y direction; the first support rod 5231 is in the first magnetic member 5234 and the second Under the action of the magnetic traction force between the magnetic parts 5222, the third support rod 5223 moves along the Y direction, so that the first fork 521, the second pallet 523, and the second fork 522 move synchronously.
  • the synchronized second pallet 523 also moves to a certain distance.
  • the second support rod 5232 moves the position of the third magnetic member 511 on the second base 51
  • the second support A certain magnetic traction force is generated between the fourth magnetic member 5235 on the rod 5232 and the third magnetic member 511 on the second base 51, so that the second tray 523 and the second base 51 are fixed together, and the second fork 522 and The second tray 523 is separated.
  • the second fork 522 can be configured to accurately move the printing vessel 30 on the inspection station 35 to an installation hole 3641 on the object station 3.
  • the traverse motor 5311 may be a stepper motor or a servo motor.
  • the first magnetic member 5234, the second magnetic member 5222, the third magnetic member 511, and the fourth magnetic member 5235 may be permanent magnets or electromagnets.
  • FIG. 21f is a top view of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment.
  • the plurality of stations 3 are installed on a fixed plate 5321, which is movably arranged in the chassis 1; the second moving device 53 also includes a longitudinal movement assembly 532, which is connected to the fixed plate 5321.
  • the plate 5321 is connected in transmission and is configured to drive the fixed plate 5321 to move in the Y direction.
  • the longitudinal movement assembly 532 may include a motor and a screw.
  • FIG. 22a is a front view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment.
  • the case 1 is a vertical case.
  • the case 1 includes a body 11, and an opening 111 is opened in the middle of the body.
  • the opening 111 is a through hole passing through three side walls of the case 1, and the opening 111 is used as a working space 14 for 3D printing.
  • the main control module 9 is arranged above the opening 111 and located on the right side of the case 1; the material conveying modules 7 are all arranged above the opening 111 and are located on the left side of the case 1 and the left side of the main control module 9.
  • the nozzle moving module 6, the station 3, the station switching module 5, and the environmental control module 4 are arranged in the opening 111. Among them, the environmental control module 4, the nozzle moving module 6, the station 3 and the station switching module 5 are sequentially distributed along the X direction.
  • FIG. 22b is a schematic structural diagram of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment.
  • the opening 111 is a square hole
  • the cover 12 is provided on the inner surface of the opening 111 and located above the station 3.
  • This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:
  • the main control module 9 obtains data such as the number and shape of the object to be printed;
  • the main control module 9 controls the movement of the printing nozzle 23 through the nozzle movement module 6 and extrudes corresponding printing materials;
  • the main control module 9 adjusts the temperature of each component through the temperature control module 8 arranged on the material conveying module, the workstation and the printing nozzle;
  • a plurality of printing vessels 30 are placed at one of the stations 3.
  • the main control module 9 controls the station switching module 5 to take out the printing vessels 30 in turn, and makes the printing vessels 30 enter each station 3 in turn, and perform the printing on the printing vessels 30 in turn.
  • Pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing and filing operations complete printing.
  • This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:
  • the inspection station 35 inspects the quality information and records the quality information obtained by the inspection;
  • the main control module 9 determines whether the object in the printing vessel 30 is defective at this time:
  • the first moving device 363 moves the defective product seat 362 to a place where the inspection station 35 is docked, and the station switching module 5 sequentially moves the printing vessel 30 to the defective product seat 362;
  • the first moving device 363 moves the finished product seat 361 to a place where the inspection station 35 is docked, and the station switching module 5 sequentially moves the printing vessel 30 to the finished product seat 361.
  • This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:
  • the main control module 9 judges whether the objects in the defective seat 362 need to be repaired and printed according to the recorded inspection quality information:
  • the method of using the 3D printer 100, using the aforementioned 3D printer 100 includes the following steps:
  • the 3D printer 100 Place the 3D printer 100 in the working environment of the clean room.
  • the operator should adopt the working standards of the clean room, wear protective clothing and gloves, and spray alcohol to sterilize the gloves before opening the hood 12. Open the hood 12.
  • the ventilation device 43 is set to run continuously through the main control module 9 to ensure that the printing space is always positive pressure (that is, the space in the printer cover forms a small ultra-clean room ) Continuously blow out filtered air to ensure sterile printing space.
  • the low-band ultraviolet light source 42 of the ultraviolet light source 42 in the environmental control module 4 is turned on for 30 minutes and then turned off, and then the first fan 431 of the ventilation device 43 is turned on to allow the clean air in the ultra-clean room to pass through the filter of the filter device 432 into the 3D printer 100
  • the working space 14 is set to automatically turn on the first fan 431 when the opening angle of the cover 12 exceeds 10 degrees or the setting is independent of the opening angle of the cover 12, and the first fan 431 is continuously turned on, and the cooling and humidifying device 44 turns the 3D printer 100 into the working space 14
  • the humidity control is 70%;
  • processing solution delivery assembly 71 install the first storage 711 containing phosphate buffer saline (PBS) on the third tray 715, and connect it with the first transfer tube 702, Two first reservoirs 711 containing calcium chloride solution are installed on the third tray 715 and connected to the second transfer pipe 702;
  • PBS phosphate buffer saline
  • the main control module 9 stops batch printing and prompts the operator to complete the printing through the touch screen 911, and the operator opens the cover 12. Take out the mounting board 364 carried in the finished product seat 361, and choose to add a new mounting board 364 to the finished product seat 361 to continue printing or close the cover 12 to terminate printing according to the actual needs of the operator.
  • This embodiment also provides a printing method using the 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The vertical movement assembly 532 is operated to move the fixed plate 5321, and the station 3 is moved directly below the first fork 521, so that the push fork 5213 pushes the buckle 312 to allow the storage cylinder 311 to pass the printing vessel 30
  • the channel is opened, and the spring 314 pushes the fifth tray 313, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 moves up and fits with the first fork 521;
  • Step 2 The lifting assembly 533 is operated, the first fork 521 is lifted, and the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is extracted. At the same time, the pushing fork 5213 is moved away from the buckle 312, so that the passage in the storage cylinder 311 for the printing vessel 30 to pass is closed, so that No. 2 printing vessel 30 cannot leave the storage cylinder 311;
  • Step 3 The traverse component 531 operates, driving the second fork 522 along the storage station 31, pretreatment station 32, printing station 33, post-processing station 34, inspection station 35, and object storage station 36.
  • the printing main line (in the same direction as the Y direction) traverses a distance of station 3.
  • the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 511 The magnetic member 5235 is in a separated state, the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523 to move horizontally by a distance of one station 3, and the second pallet 523 drives the first fork 521 to move horizontally.
  • the first A magnetic member 5234, a second magnetic member 5222, a third magnetic member 511 and a fourth magnetic member 5235 are all in a bonded state;
  • Step 4 The lifting assembly 533 operates to lower the first fork 521, and then the longitudinal movement assembly 532 operates to move the fixing plate 5321 away from the first fork 521 and return to the initial position;
  • Step 5 The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to return in the opposite direction of the printing main line.
  • the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 are in a bonded state
  • the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 511 The piece 5235 is in a separated state
  • the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523 to return the second fork 522 and the first fork 521 to the initial position;
  • Step 6 After the operations of steps 2-4, the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is moved from the storage station 31 through the first fork 521 to the pretreatment station 32, and the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is correct After entering the preprocessing station 32, upload the information to the main control module 9;
  • Step 7 In the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, the second driving motor 7231 corresponding to the first second storage 721 operates, and the corresponding second push table 7233 is pulled to pass the PBS solution in the first second storage 721
  • the transfer tube 702 is added to the pretreatment station 32 to clean the printing vessel 30 in the pretreatment station 32;
  • Step 8 Repeat the operations of steps 2-5, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 enters the printing station 33 from the pretreatment station 32, and the No. 2 printing vessel 30 enters the pretreatment station 32 from the storage station 31, and After confirming by the first sensor 321 that the No. 2 printing vessel 30 has correctly entered the preprocessing station 32, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;
  • Step 9 Move the printing needle 231 into the needle cleaning cylinder 13 for cleaning and position calibration, and operate according to a printing method of independent printing, parallel printing, coaxial printing and mixed printing corresponding to the structure of the needle 23121.
  • the printing is completed in the printing vessel 30 in the printing station 33 to obtain the coaxial bio-scaffold with the outer layer of sodium alginate and the inner layer of Pluronic-F127; at the same time, the operation of step 5 is repeated in the pretreatment station 32;
  • Step 10 Repeat steps 2-5 to move the No. 1 printing vessel 30 from the printing station 33 through the first fork 521 to the post-processing station 34, and at the same time the No. 2 printing vessel 30 from the pre-processing station 32 Entering the printing station 33, the No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 from the storage station 31, and the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 correctly, and uploads the information to the main Control module 9;
  • Step 11 In the treatment liquid delivery assembly 71, the first driving motor 7131 corresponding to the second first storage 711 operates, and the corresponding first push table 7133 is pulled to remove the calcium chloride in the second first storage 711 The solution passes through the transfer tube 702 and the post-processing nozzle 22 to the post-processing station 34 to cross-link the bio-scaffold in the No. 1 printing vessel 30. At the same time, the pre-processing station 32 repeats the operation of step 5 to print Repeat step 7 in station 33;
  • Step 12 Repeat steps 2-3 to move the No. 1 printing vessel 30 from the post-processing station 34 through the first fork 521 to the inspection station 35, while the No. 2 printing vessel 30 enters from the printing station 33 Post-processing station 34, No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters printing station 33 from pretreatment station 32, No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters pretreatment station 32 from storage station 31, and is confirmed by the first sensor 321 No. 4 After the printer 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 correctly, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;
  • Step 13 The inspection station 35 observes the support that is carried by the printing vessel 30, that is, the printed object, and evaluates the quality of the support.
  • the inspection station 35 scans the identification code on the printing vessel 30 and controls
  • the module 9 records the information of the No. 1 printing vessel 30 and the quality of the supporting bracket.
  • the operation of step 5 is repeated in the preprocessing station 32, and the operation of step 7 is repeated in the printing station 33. Repeat the operation of step 9 in processing station 34;
  • Step 14 Repeat the operations of Steps 2-4, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is picked up by the second fork 522, and the No. 2 printing vessel 30 is moved from the post-processing station 34 through the first fork 521 to the inspection station 35 At the same time, No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters post-processing station 34 from printing station 33, No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters printing station 33 from pretreatment station 32, and No. 5 printing vessel 30 enters pretreatment station from storage station 31 After the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 5 printer 30 has entered the preprocessing station 32 correctly, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;
  • Step 15 The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to traverse along the printing main line, so that the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 are separated, and the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 5235 are attached.
  • the second fork 522 continues to move horizontally along the main printing line, and moves the No. 1 printing vessel 30 to the object storage station 36, corresponding to the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 respectively.
  • the three driving motors 3631 operate, respectively driving the third pulley 3632 and the third belt 3633 connected with the third driving motor 3631 to adjust the position of the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 in the direction perpendicular to the main printing line (X direction).
  • the evaluation result of the bracket in step 13 adjust the position of the No. 1 printing vessel 30 to the mounting plate 364 carried in the finished product seat 361 or the defective product seat 362 through the precise control of the traverse assembly 531 and the third drive motor 3631. Above the mounting hole 3641 (storage position);
  • Step 16 The lifting assembly 533 operates, and the first fork 521 is lowered, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 enters the corresponding mounting hole 3641 in the mounting plate 364 carried in the finished product seat 361 or the defective product seat 362, at the same time as this operation 2
  • No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the inspection station 35
  • No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the post-processing station 34
  • No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters the printing station 33
  • No. 5 printing vessel 30 enters the pre-processing station 32, and then moves the assembly 532 vertically Operate to make the fixed plate 5321 move away from the first fork 521 and return to the initial position;
  • Step 17 The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to return in the opposite direction of the printing main line. Then the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 enter the bonding state, and the traverse motor 5311 continues to operate to make the third The magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 5235 enter the separated state, the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523, and further drives the first fork 521 to move, so that the second fork 522 and the first fork 521 return to their initial positions;
  • Step 18 Repeat the operations in steps 14-17.
  • This embodiment also provides a printing method using the 3D printer 100, which further includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 Use the button 912, the joystick 913 and the touch screen 911 to retrieve the detection results recorded in the batch printing process according to the identification code on the printing vessel 30, and select the ones that are caused by the interruption of the printing process and the exhaustion of materials. Samples with structural defects but can still be repaired through secondary printing;
  • Step 2 Open the cover 12, move the printing vessel 30 in the defective seat 362 to the printing station 33 corresponding to the sample record, and close the cover 12;
  • Step 3 Edit the model and print path for repairing the sample structure through the button 912, the joystick 913 and the touch screen 911, and execute the printing;
  • Step 4 Open the cover 12 and take out the printing vessel 30 containing the repaired biological scaffold.
  • the 3D printer can transfer printing utensils to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and perform operations such as extracting printing utensils, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing, filing, etc., so as to be suitable for mass production.
  • the assembly line production of this 3D printer also avoids the time difference between the same batch of different products in the traditional batch printing process after the printing is completed and the unified post-processing, so that the printing process of each sample is more similar, and the difference between different products is reduced. difference.
  • this 3D printer allows each product to be printed in the same printing station, and the environment where each product is printed is the same, which reduces the difference between different products, and this application increases the temperature
  • the control module can achieve the effect of precise temperature control, which can realize that the material or processing liquid is always at the most suitable temperature and phase state for the current operation during the 3D printing process. Its benefits include preventing precipitation and precipitation when storing the material or processing liquid. Denaturation, when the material is transferred, it is transformed into a more fluid phase to reduce transmission resistance, and when the material is printed, it is transformed into a phase that is easier to squeeze to improve printing quality.
  • the temperature control solution provided by this application can also guarantee Thermal management of each part of the 3D printer when it is working.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a 3D printer and a 3D printing method, relating to the technical field of 3D printing. The 3D printer of the present application comprises a chassis, an environment control module, a work station switching module, a print head moving module, a material conveying module, a temperature control module, and a master control module; a conveying print head, multiple work stations, and multiple printing vessels are provided in the chassis; the conveying print head is located above the work stations; the printing vessels are provided on the work stations; the conveying print head comprises a print head; the environment control module is provided in the chassis; the work station switching module is provided in the chassis and is configured to drive the printing vessels to be transferred between the work stations; the print head moving module is connected with the print head and is configured to drive the print head to be transferred between the work stations; the material conveying module is connected with the conveying print head and is configured to convey a material to the conveying print head; the temperature control module is provided on the material conveying module, the work stations, and the print head, and is configured to adjust temperature. Therefore, the present application can be applicable for mass production.

Description

3D打印机及3D打印方法3D printer and 3D printing method

相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications

本申请要求于2019年5月24日提交中国专利局的申请号为201910444416.5、名称为“3D打印机温控系统及3D打印机”的中国专利申请的优先权,及于2019年5月24日提交中国专利局的申请号为201910444124.1、名称为“3D打印机及3D打印方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201910444416.5 and titled "3D printer temperature control system and 3D printer" on May 24, 2019, and submitted to China on May 24, 2019 The patent office's application number is 201910444124.1, the priority of the Chinese patent application named "3D printer and 3D printing method", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及3D打印的技术领域,具体而言,涉及一种3D打印机及3D打印方法。This application relates to the technical field of 3D printing, and specifically to a 3D printer and a 3D printing method.

背景技术Background technique

现有的3D打印系统仅适用于单件的模具样品打印,当需要进行批量生产时,在打印样品完成后,需要人为取下打印台上的样品,再对打印机进行操作控制,由于单件样品打印需要花费一定的时间,因此在批量生产过程中,需要人们定期的取走打印台上的样品,或者通过复杂的程序设定使3D打印系统在完成第一个样品的打印后移动到其他位置进行第二个样品的打印,从而导致现有的3D打印系统有以下缺点,难以适用于批量生产打印:(1)操作繁琐,在大批量打印样品时需要人工辅助;(2)在所有样品打印完成后统一进行后处理等操作,导致不同样品在打印完成后等待后处理的时间不等,产生差异;(3)不同样品在不同位置进行打印,打印时环境的因素有细微区别,产生差异。The existing 3D printing system is only suitable for single-piece mold sample printing. When mass production is required, after the sample is printed, it is necessary to manually remove the sample on the printing table, and then control the printer operation. Printing takes a certain amount of time, so in the mass production process, people need to regularly remove samples on the printing table, or through complex programming to make the 3D printing system move to other locations after the first sample is printed The second sample is printed, resulting in the following shortcomings of the existing 3D printing system, which is difficult to apply to mass production printing: (1) The operation is cumbersome, and manual assistance is required when printing samples in large quantities; (2) All samples are printed After completion, post-processing and other operations are performed uniformly, resulting in different samples waiting for post-processing after printing is completed, resulting in differences; (3) Different samples are printed at different locations, and there are subtle differences in environmental factors during printing.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种3D打印机,包括机箱、环境控制模块、工位切换模块、喷头移动模块、物料输送模块、温控模块和主控模块,机箱内设有输送喷头、多个工位和多个打印器皿,输送喷头设于工位的上方,打印器皿设置在工位上,输送喷头包括打印喷头;环境控制模块设于机箱内,并与主控模块电性连接,环境控制模块构造成调整机箱内的环境状况;工位切换模块设于机箱内,并与主控模块电性连接,工位切换模块构造成驱动打印器皿和/或工位,使得打印器皿在各个工位之间进行转移;喷头移动模块与打印喷头相连,并与主控模块电性连接,喷头移动模块构造成驱动打印喷头在各个工位之间进行转移;物料输送模块与输送喷头相连,并与主控模块电性连接,物料输送模块构造成向输送喷头输送材料。温控模块设于物料输送模块、工位和打印喷头上,并与主控模块电性连接,温控模块构造成调节温度。This application provides a 3D printer, including a chassis, an environmental control module, a station switching module, a nozzle moving module, a material conveying module, a temperature control module, and a main control module. The chassis is provided with conveying nozzles, multiple stations, and multiple For printing vessels, the conveying nozzle is arranged above the workstation, and the printing vessels are arranged on the workstation. The conveying nozzle includes a printing nozzle; the environmental control module is arranged in the chassis and is electrically connected to the main control module. The environmental control module is configured to adjust the chassis The internal environmental conditions; the station switching module is arranged in the chassis and is electrically connected to the main control module. The station switching module is configured to drive the printing vessel and/or the station so that the printing vessel can be transferred between the various stations; The nozzle moving module is connected to the printing nozzle and electrically connected with the main control module. The nozzle moving module is configured to drive the printing nozzle to transfer between stations; the material conveying module is connected to the conveying nozzle and electrically connected to the main control module , The material conveying module is configured to convey materials to the conveying nozzle. The temperature control module is arranged on the material conveying module, the work station and the printing nozzle, and is electrically connected with the main control module, and the temperature control module is configured to adjust the temperature.

可选地,所述机箱包括机体和罩子,所述机体上设有开口,所述开口可以作为打印器皿从机箱内提取、放入的通道。所述罩子设于所述机体上,且位于所述开口处,环境控制模块包括温湿度传感器、紫外光源、通风装置和降温加湿装置;温湿度传感器设于罩子的内表面上,构造成检测机箱内的温度和湿度;紫外光源设于罩子的内表面上,构造成提供紫外光;通风装置包括第一风扇和过滤装置,并置设于机体上,通风装置构造成将外部空气净化后通入所述机箱内;降温加湿装置设于罩子的内表面上,构造成提供水汽和气体。Optionally, the cabinet includes a body and a cover, and an opening is provided on the body, and the opening can be used as a channel for extracting and putting printing utensils from the cabinet. The cover is arranged on the body and is located at the opening. The environmental control module includes a temperature and humidity sensor, an ultraviolet light source, a ventilation device, and a cooling and humidifying device; the temperature and humidity sensor is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured as a detection cabinet The temperature and humidity inside; the ultraviolet light source is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured to provide ultraviolet light; the ventilation device includes a first fan and a filter device, and is arranged on the body, and the ventilation device is configured to purify the external air and pass in In the cabinet; the cooling and humidifying device is arranged on the inner surface of the cover and is configured to provide water vapor and gas.

可选地,所述罩子与所述机体上成铰接设置,且所述罩子盖合在所述机体上时,所述罩子构造成封闭所述机体的开口,在机箱内形成一个空腔即用作生产打印物件的工作空间,此时机箱仍能与外侧的空气相通,且罩子上设有透明窗口,用以观察打印过程;环境控制模块包括位置传感器,位置传感器设于罩子或机体上,位置传感器构造成检测罩子与机体所形成的夹角。所述主控模块配置成在所述位置传感器检测到的所述夹角超过一设定值时,控制所述通风装置将所述机箱外的空气经过过滤后持续通入所述3D打印机的工作空间内。Optionally, the cover is hingedly arranged on the body, and when the cover is closed on the body, the cover is configured to close the opening of the body, and a cavity is formed in the body for use. It is used as a working space for the production of printed objects. At this time, the case can still communicate with the outside air, and a transparent window is provided on the cover to observe the printing process; the environmental control module includes a position sensor, which is located on the cover or the body. The sensor is configured to detect the angle formed by the cover and the body. The main control module is configured to, when the included angle detected by the position sensor exceeds a set value, control the ventilating device to filter the air outside the chassis and continuously pass it into the work of the 3D printer In the space.

可选地,环境控制模块的设置,使得机箱内部整体保持一个较为均匀的温度,避免只有局部温度尤其是工位与所生产的产品接触部位的温度过低或过高,避免产品底面温度过低或过高且在竖直方向具有温差,从而使得产品各层之间保持一定的均一性,从而避免了由于产品上层得不到充分的温度控制而凝胶不充分导致塌陷的问题,使得3D打印机可以生产高度更高的产品。另外,环境控制模块的设置,还可以避免打印过程中产生的热量在工作空间堆积影响其他温控模块的温控效果,并且通过对环境的温度控制为打印提供一个稳定的工作环境,以减少不同打印批次间产品的差异。Optionally, the setting of the environmental control module keeps the inside of the chassis at a relatively uniform temperature, avoiding only partial temperature, especially the temperature of the contact part of the workstation and the product being produced, from being too low or too high, and avoiding the temperature of the bottom surface of the product from being too low Or it is too high and has a temperature difference in the vertical direction, so that the product layers maintain a certain uniformity, thereby avoiding the problem of insufficient gelation caused by insufficient temperature control of the upper layer of the product, so that the 3D printer Can produce higher height products. In addition, the setting of the environmental control module can also prevent the heat generated during the printing process from accumulating in the work space and affect the temperature control effect of other temperature control modules, and provide a stable working environment for printing through the temperature control of the environment to reduce differences Print product differences between batches.

可选地,通风装置包括第一风扇和过滤装置。第一风扇和过滤装置的设置,将外部处于室温(20-25℃)下的空气净化后通入机箱内,达到一定的降温效果,使得3D打印机的工作空间的温度得到维持。Optionally, the ventilation device includes a first fan and a filter device. The arrangement of the first fan and the filter device purifies the air outside at room temperature (20-25°C) and then passes it into the chassis to achieve a certain cooling effect, so that the temperature of the working space of the 3D printer can be maintained.

可选地,多个所述工位包括依次设置的储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位 和物件存放工位。Optionally, the plurality of stations include a storage station, a pretreatment station, a printing station, a post-processing station, a detection station, and an object storage station, which are sequentially arranged.

可选地,各个工位上开设有至少一个凹坑,且工位为由高导热性能的金属材料制成,则使得凹坑内处于一个温度均匀的低温环境,形成为一个冷阱平台,从而使得产品各层之间保持一定的均一性,从而使得3D打印机可以生产高度更高的产品。其中,该金属材料可以是铝、银或铜。凹坑为一个平底的盲孔,可以构造成放置打印的产品。Optionally, each station is provided with at least one pit, and the station is made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity, so that the pit is in a low temperature environment with uniform temperature, forming a cold trap platform, so that A certain degree of uniformity is maintained between the various layers of the product, so that the 3D printer can produce higher-level products. Wherein, the metal material can be aluminum, silver or copper. The pit is a flat-bottomed blind hole that can be configured to place printed products.

可选地,凹坑的孔径由上至下依次递减。Optionally, the apertures of the pits gradually decrease from top to bottom.

可选地,凹坑内设有构造成承接打印产品且构造成隔绝温度的打印器皿。打印器皿可以为平板结构或者杯子结构。打印器皿隔绝了产品与凹坑内壁之间的接触,隔绝了温度传导,以避免产品结构受到破坏。Optionally, a printing vessel configured to receive printed products and configured to isolate temperature is provided in the pit. The printing vessel can be a flat structure or a cup structure. The printing vessel isolates the contact between the product and the inner wall of the pit, and isolates the temperature conduction to avoid damage to the product structure.

可选地,所述物件存放工位包括成品座、次品座和多个第一移动装置,多个所述第一移动装置分别与所述成品座和所述次品座相连,构造成移动所述成品座和所述次品座。Optionally, the object storage station includes a finished product seat, a defective product seat, and a plurality of first moving devices, and the plurality of first moving devices are respectively connected to the finished product seat and the inferior product seat and configured to move The finished product seat and the inferior product seat.

可选地,所述输送喷头还包括预处理喷头和后处理喷头,所述打印喷头设置在打印工位的上方,所述预处理喷头设置在预处理工位的上方,所述后处理喷头设置在后处理工位的上方,所述打印工位、预处理工位和后处理工位可以通过工位的移动离开打印喷头,预处理喷头和后处理喷头的下方。Optionally, the delivery nozzle further includes a pretreatment nozzle and a post-treatment nozzle, the printing nozzle is arranged above the printing station, the pretreatment nozzle is arranged above the pretreatment station, and the post-treatment nozzle is arranged Above the post-processing station, the printing station, pre-processing station and post-processing station can move away from the printing nozzle by the movement of the station, and below the pre-processing nozzle and post-processing nozzle.

物料输送模块包括两个输送组件,两个输送组件分别为打印材料输送组件和处理液输送组件,打印材料输送组件与打印喷头相连,构造成输送打印材料;处理液输送组件与打印喷头、预处理喷头或者后处理喷头相连,构造成输送处理液。The material conveying module includes two conveying components. The two conveying components are a printing material conveying component and a processing liquid conveying component. The printing material conveying component is connected with the printing nozzle and is configured to convey printing materials; the processing liquid conveying component and the printing nozzle, pretreatment The nozzles or post-processing nozzles are connected and configured to deliver the treatment liquid.

可选地,单个输送组件包括存储器、传输管和挤压装置,存储器构造成存放打印材料或者处理液;传输管构造成将存储器与输送喷头连接在一起;挤压装置与存储器相连,并构造成驱动所述存储器中的打印材料或者处理液流动,且进入传输管。单个输送组件中,存储器至少设有一个。存储温控单元设于存储器处。Optionally, a single conveying assembly includes a storage, a transmission tube, and a squeezing device, the storage is configured to store printing materials or processing liquid; the transmission tube is configured to connect the storage and the delivery nozzle together; the squeezing device is connected to the storage and is configured to The printing material or processing liquid in the storage is driven to flow and enter the transfer tube. In a single conveying assembly, at least one storage is provided. The storage temperature control unit is arranged at the memory.

可选地,存储器包括针筒管和设置在针筒管内的活塞推杆,挤压装置包括驱动电机、螺杆和推台,驱动电机设置在第一托盘上,螺杆与驱动电机传动连接,推台能滑动地连接在螺杆上,并与活塞推杆相连,使得挤压装置给予活塞推杆一个推动力,使得针筒管内的打印材料或者处理液流动并进入传输管。Optionally, the memory includes a syringe tube and a piston push rod arranged in the syringe tube, the extrusion device includes a drive motor, a screw and a pushing table, the drive motor is arranged on the first tray, the screw is connected to the drive motor in transmission, and the pushing table It can be slidably connected to the screw and connected to the piston push rod, so that the squeezing device gives a pushing force to the piston push rod, so that the printing material or processing liquid in the syringe tube flows and enters the transfer tube.

可选地,单个所述输送组件包括力传感器,所述力传感器设于所述存储器上,构造成检测所述挤压装置对所述存储器的作用力。力传感器将测得的作用力信号传回主控模块,主控模块可以得知挤压装置对所述存储器的作用力,并判断存储器是否正确安装。Optionally, the single conveying assembly includes a force sensor, which is provided on the storage and configured to detect the force of the squeezing device on the storage. The force sensor transmits the measured force signal back to the main control module. The main control module can learn the force exerted by the squeezing device on the memory and judge whether the memory is installed correctly.

可选地,单个所述输送组件还包括导轨,所述导轨设置在所述机箱上,且所述第一托盘通过导轨能滑动地设置在所述机箱上。Optionally, the single conveying assembly further includes a guide rail, the guide rail is arranged on the chassis, and the first tray is slidably arranged on the chassis through the guide rail.

可选地,所述存储器包括储液袋,所述挤压装置包括设置在所述第一托盘上的蠕动泵,所述传输管穿过所述蠕动泵后与所述储液袋相连,故可以通过蠕动泵可以将储液袋中处理液或者打印材料泵送至所述传输管。Optionally, the storage includes a liquid storage bag, the squeezing device includes a peristaltic pump arranged on the first tray, and the transfer tube is connected to the liquid storage bag after passing through the peristaltic pump. The processing liquid or printing material in the liquid storage bag can be pumped to the transfer tube by a peristaltic pump.

如上所述,单个输送组件的组成至少包括五种实施形式,而打印材料输送组件和处理液输送组件可以是其中任意一种形式,故打印材料输送组件和处理液输送组件的组成可以是一致的,也可以是不一致的。As mentioned above, the composition of a single conveying component includes at least five implementation forms, and the printing material conveying component and the processing liquid conveying component can be any one of them, so the composition of the printing material conveying component and the processing liquid conveying component can be the same , It can also be inconsistent.

可选地,所述温控模块包括:多个液冷温控单元,分别构造成对所述工位、打印喷头、打印材料或处理液进行控温。Optionally, the temperature control module includes: a plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units, which are respectively configured to control the temperature of the workstation, the printing nozzle, the printing material, or the processing liquid.

制冷液循环回路,所述制冷液循环回路包括制冷液管和制冷液散热装置,所述制冷液管将所述制冷液散热装置和各个所述液冷温控单元相连形成制冷液循环回路。A refrigerating liquid circulating circuit, the refrigerating liquid circulating circuit comprising a refrigerating liquid pipe and a refrigerating liquid radiating device, the refrigerating liquid pipe connecting the refrigerating liquid radiating device and each of the liquid cooling temperature control units to form a refrigerating liquid circulating circuit.

传输温控单元,设于所述物料输送模块上,构造成对所述物料输送模块进行温控。The transmission temperature control unit is arranged on the material conveying module and is configured to perform temperature control on the material conveying module.

可选地,所述多个液冷温控单元包括工位温控单元、存储温控单元、传输温控单元、挤出温控单元和制冷液循环回路,工位温控单元设于工位的底部,并构造成对工位进行控温;存储温控单元设于物料输送模块处,并构造成对打印材料或者处理液进行控温;传输温控单元设于传输管上,并构造成对传输管进行控温;挤出温控单元设于打印喷头处,并构造成对打印喷头进行控温。Optionally, the plurality of liquid cooling temperature control units include a station temperature control unit, a storage temperature control unit, a transmission temperature control unit, an extrusion temperature control unit, and a refrigerating liquid circulation circuit, and the station temperature control unit is located at the station The storage temperature control unit is arranged at the material conveying module and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material or the processing liquid; the transmission temperature control unit is arranged on the conveying tube and is configured to The temperature of the transmission tube is controlled; the extrusion temperature control unit is arranged at the printing nozzle and is configured to control the temperature of the printing nozzle.

单个液冷温控单元包括温控组件;温控组件包括:吸热端、散热端和控温件,吸热端设于打印喷头、物料输送模块或者工位上,并与打印喷头、物料输送模块或者工位接触;散热端上设有供制冷液通过的 通道以及与通道相通的进液口和出液口,进液口和出液口均与制冷液管相连;控温件设置在吸热端和散热端之间。A single liquid-cooled temperature control unit includes a temperature control component; the temperature control component includes: a heat absorption end, a heat dissipation end and a temperature control part. The heat absorption end is set on the print nozzle, material conveying module or workstation, and is connected with the print nozzle and material conveying Module or station contact; the cooling end is provided with a channel for the refrigerant liquid to pass through, and a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet communicating with the channel. The liquid inlet and the liquid outlet are both connected with the refrigerant pipe; the temperature control part is set on the suction Between the hot end and the heat sink.

各个液冷温控单元的零部件组合方式和温控原理相同,则不仅便于液冷温控单元的布设和拆装,而且便于主控模块对各个液冷温控单元的温度控制以及温度调节方案的设计,便于精细化控制。The component combination method and temperature control principle of each liquid-cooled temperature control unit are the same, which not only facilitates the layout and disassembly of the liquid-cooled temperature control unit, but also facilitates the main control module to control the temperature of each liquid-cooled temperature control unit and the temperature adjustment scheme The design is convenient for fine control.

其中,吸热端和散热端均为由高导热性的金属材料(例如黄铜)制成的。当温度传感器检测到待控温组件的温度高于设定温度时,吸热端与待控温组件直接接触,吸收待控温组件的热量,再经由控温件将吸热端的热量转移至散热端,使得散热端的温度上升,同时制冷液管将制冷液由进液口送入通道,散热端将热量转移至通道的制冷液中,接着吸收热量的制冷液从出液口离开通道,散热端恢复初始温度,反复进行,达到降温效果;当温度传感器检测到待控温组件的温度低于设定温度时,主控模块对控温件提供反向的电流,将散热端的热量转移至吸热端,从而提升待控温组件的温度,起到加热的作用。控温件可以是热泵。Among them, the heat-absorbing end and the heat-dissipating end are both made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity (such as brass). When the temperature sensor detects that the temperature of the temperature-controlled component is higher than the set temperature, the heat-absorbing end directly contacts the temperature-controlled component, absorbs the heat of the temperature-controlled component, and then transfers the heat from the heat-absorbing end to the heat sink through the temperature control element At the same time, the cooling liquid pipe sends the refrigerant into the channel from the liquid inlet. The cooling end transfers the heat to the cooling liquid in the channel, and then the cooling liquid that absorbs heat leaves the channel from the liquid outlet, and the cooling end Restore the initial temperature and repeat it to achieve the cooling effect; when the temperature sensor detects that the temperature of the component to be controlled is lower than the set temperature, the main control module provides a reverse current to the temperature control component to transfer the heat from the heat sink to the heat sink End, thereby increasing the temperature of the component to be controlled, and playing a heating role. The temperature control part may be a heat pump.

可选地,单个液冷温控单元还包括隔热外层,隔热外层设于温控组件外侧,将温控组件包覆或者部分包覆,构造成隔热。Optionally, the single liquid-cooled temperature control unit further includes a heat-insulating outer layer, and the heat-insulating outer layer is provided on the outside of the temperature control component, and wraps or partially wraps the temperature control component to form heat insulation.

隔热外层的设置,可以减少温控组件与外界的热量交换,使其达到保温效果。其中,隔热外层为低导热性能的材料制成,该低导热性能的材料可以是塑料、ABS树脂。The arrangement of the outer thermal insulation layer can reduce the heat exchange between the temperature control component and the outside, so that it can achieve the thermal insulation effect. Wherein, the heat insulation outer layer is made of a material with low thermal conductivity, and the material with low thermal conductivity may be plastic or ABS resin.

可选地,所述制冷液散热装置包括制冷液储存箱、换热器和冷液泵;所述制冷液储存箱设于机箱内,且构造成储存制冷液;所述换热器与所述制冷液储存箱相连,且构造成对所述制冷液进行降温;所述冷液泵设于所述制冷液储存箱与所述换热器之间,且构造成将所述制冷液储存箱内的制冷液输通过所述制冷液管送到各所述液冷温控单元和换热器中。其中,制冷液可以是水或防冻冷却液。Optionally, the cooling liquid heat dissipation device includes a cooling liquid storage tank, a heat exchanger, and a cooling liquid pump; the cooling liquid storage tank is arranged in the cabinet and is configured to store the cooling liquid; the heat exchanger and the The refrigerant liquid storage tank is connected and is configured to cool the refrigerant liquid; the cold liquid pump is arranged between the refrigerant liquid storage tank and the heat exchanger, and is configured to store the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank. The refrigerating liquid is sent to each of the liquid-cooled temperature control units and heat exchangers through the refrigerating liquid pipe. Among them, the cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.

可选地,制冷液储存箱上设有多对第五进液口和与第五进液口相对应的第五出液口,第五进液口和第五出液口均与制冷液管相连。其中,第五进液口和第五出液口的对数与冷液泵的数量相对应。制冷液循环回路以及循环方向可以根据需要进行调整,且每增加一台冷液泵则对应地增加一个第五进液口和一个第五出液口,则可以通过增加冷液泵的数量来增加独立的制冷液循环,以确保每一个相应的液冷温控单元获得足量的温度合适的制冷液的制冷效果。Optionally, a plurality of pairs of fifth liquid inlets and fifth liquid outlets corresponding to the fifth liquid inlet are provided on the refrigerant liquid storage tank, and the fifth liquid inlet and the fifth liquid outlet are both connected to the refrigerant liquid pipe Connected. Among them, the logarithm of the fifth liquid inlet and the fifth liquid outlet corresponds to the number of cold liquid pumps. The refrigerant circulation circuit and the circulation direction can be adjusted as needed, and each additional cold liquid pump adds a fifth liquid inlet and a fifth liquid outlet, which can be increased by increasing the number of cold liquid pumps Independent refrigerating liquid cycle to ensure that each corresponding liquid-cooled temperature control unit obtains sufficient refrigeration effect of refrigerating liquid with suitable temperature.

可选地,换热器包括第二风扇和设于第二风扇上的第六进液口和第六出液口。Optionally, the heat exchanger includes a second fan and a sixth liquid inlet and a sixth liquid outlet provided on the second fan.

可选地,制冷液储存箱上设有两个第五进液口和分别与两个第五进液口相对应的两个第五出液口。冷液泵相应地设有两个,设于同一制冷液储存箱的下方,分别控制两个独立的制冷液循环回路。Optionally, two fifth liquid inlets and two fifth liquid outlets respectively corresponding to the two fifth liquid inlets are provided on the refrigerant liquid storage tank. Correspondingly, there are two cold liquid pumps, which are arranged under the same refrigerant liquid storage tank, and respectively control two independent refrigerant liquid circulation circuits.

可选地,制冷液循环回路包括两个:第一,制冷液储存箱的制冷液在冷液泵的作用下经第五出液口流出,至第六进液口进入换热器,再由第六出液口流出,流至供料温控器,接着流至供液温控器、再接着流至工位温控单元,最后经第五进液口流回制冷液储存箱内,形成一个制冷液循环回路;第二,制冷液储存箱的制冷液在冷液泵的作用下经第五出液口流出,至挤出温控单元,最后经第五进液口流回制冷液储存箱内,形成一个制冷液循环回路。Optionally, the refrigerant liquid circulation circuit includes two: First, the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank flows out through the fifth liquid outlet under the action of the cold liquid pump, and enters the heat exchanger to the sixth liquid inlet, and then The sixth liquid outlet flows out, flows to the feed thermostat, then flows to the liquid supply thermostat, then flows to the station temperature control unit, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage tank through the fifth liquid inlet, forming A refrigerant circuit; secondly, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank flows out through the fifth liquid outlet under the action of the cold liquid pump to the extrusion temperature control unit, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage through the fifth liquid inlet Inside the box, a refrigerant liquid circulation loop is formed.

如此设置,则既可以提高对挤出温控单元即打印喷头的降温效果,有利于提高产品质量和生产速度,还可以降低对供料温控器、供液温控器和工位温控单元的控温成本,有利于降低成本,减少管线复杂程度。This setting can not only improve the cooling effect of the extrusion temperature control unit, that is, the print nozzle, which is beneficial to improve product quality and production speed, but also reduce the need for feeding temperature controller, liquid supply temperature controller and station temperature control unit The cost of temperature control is conducive to reducing costs and reducing pipeline complexity.

可选地,工位温控单元包括成型工位温控器和物件温控器,成型工位温控器设于储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位和检测工位处;物件温控器设于物件存放工位处。Optionally, the station temperature control unit includes a forming station temperature controller and an object temperature controller, and the forming station temperature controller is located at the storage station, pretreatment station, printing station, post-processing station and inspection station. Location; the object thermostat is located at the object storage station.

工位温控单元包括成型工位温控器和物件温控器,使得本申请可以分别对成型过程中的物件和成型完成的物件进行精确温控。The station temperature control unit includes a molding station temperature controller and an object temperature controller, so that the present application can respectively perform precise temperature control on the object during the molding process and the finished object.

可选地,至少一个液冷温控单元为工位温控单元,其中,多个工位包括打印工位,工位温控单元设于打印工位的底部。Optionally, the at least one liquid cooling temperature control unit is a station temperature control unit, wherein the plurality of stations includes a printing station, and the station temperature control unit is provided at the bottom of the printing station.

输送喷头可向打印工位输送打印材料,从而形成3D打印的产品。故将工位温控单元设于打印工位的底部,并通过高导热性的凹坑使得产品在打印工位低温环绕的影响下而有利于产品的成型,保持产品的结构稳定以及产品各层之间的均一性。The delivery nozzle can deliver the printing material to the printing station to form a 3D printed product. Therefore, the station temperature control unit is set at the bottom of the printing station, and the high thermal conductivity of the pit makes the product under the influence of the low temperature surrounding the printing station, which is beneficial to the molding of the product, and maintains the stability of the product structure and the layers of the product. Uniformity between.

可选地,多个工位包括后处理工位,工位温控单元设于打印工位和后处理工位的底部。Optionally, the multiple stations include post-processing stations, and the station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the printing station and the post-processing station.

输送喷头可向后处理工位输送后处理液,从而对产品进行后处理。故将工位温控单元设于打印工位 和后处理工位的底部,不仅使得产品在打印过程中受到低温的影响,而且使得产品在后处理过程中也能受到低温的影响,有利于提高产品的质量。The delivery nozzle can deliver the post-treatment liquid to the post-treatment station, so as to post-process the product. Therefore, setting the station temperature control unit at the bottom of the printing station and the post-processing station not only causes the product to be affected by the low temperature during the printing process, but also enables the product to be affected by the low temperature during the post-processing process, which is beneficial to improve Quality of products.

可选地,多个工位包括预处理工位,工位温控单元设于预处理工位、打印工位和后处理工位的底部。Optionally, the plurality of stations includes a pretreatment station, and the station temperature control unit is provided at the bottom of the pretreatment station, the printing station, and the post-treatment station.

输送喷头可向预处理工位输送预处理液,从而对产品进行预处理。故将工位温控单元设于预处理工位、打印工位和后处理工位的底部,不仅使得产品在打印过程、后处理过程中受到低温的影响,而且使得产品在预处理过程中也能受到低温的影响,有利于提高产品的质量。The delivery nozzle can deliver the pretreatment liquid to the pretreatment station to pretreat the product. Therefore, the station temperature control unit is set at the bottom of the pretreatment station, printing station and post-treatment station, which not only makes the product affected by low temperature in the printing process and post-treatment process, but also makes the product also in the pretreatment process. It can be affected by low temperature, which is beneficial to improve the quality of products.

可选地,多个工位包括储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位和物件存放工位。工位温控单元设于上述多个工位的底部。Optionally, the multiple stations include a storage station, a pretreatment station, a printing station, a post-processing station, a detection station, and an object storage station. The station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the above-mentioned multiple stations.

储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位和物件存放工位位于同一直线上,且按序依次设置。则3D打印机,可以先在储存工位存放多个构造成放置产品的打印器皿,并依次提取打印器皿,再将一个打印器皿放入预处理工位进行预处理工作,接着将该打印器皿放入打印工位进行打印处理,形成产品再接着将该打印器皿放入后处理工位进行后处理工作,再接着将该打印器皿放入检测工位进行检测工作;最后将该打印器皿放入物品存放工位进行归档工作。其中,在归档工作中可以进行成品和次品的分类。The storage station, the pretreatment station, the printing station, the post-processing station, the inspection station and the object storage station are located on the same straight line and are set in sequence. Then the 3D printer can first store a number of printing vessels configured to place products in the storage station, and extract the printing vessels one by one, and then put a printing vessel into the pretreatment station for pretreatment work, and then put the printing vessel The printing station performs printing processing to form a product, then puts the printing vessel into the post-processing station for post-processing work, and then puts the printing vessel into the inspection station for inspection work; finally puts the printed vessel into the article storage Work station for archiving work. Among them, the classification of finished products and defective products can be carried out in the filing work.

工位温控单元设于上述多个工位的底部,则可以对整个3D打印的产品生产过程进行控温,有利于提高产品的质量。The station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the above-mentioned multiple stations, which can control the temperature of the entire 3D printed product production process, which is beneficial to improve the quality of the product.

可选地,工位温控单元为一整体结构,设于预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位和物件存放工位的底部,或者设于储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位和物件存放工位的底部。Optionally, the station temperature control unit is an integral structure, and is located at the bottom of the pretreatment station, printing station, post-processing station, inspection station and object storage station, or at the storage station, pretreatment station The bottom of the station, printing station, post-processing station, inspection station and object storage station.

可选地,工位温控单元可以分为多个独立地工位温控组件,分别独立地设于各个工位的底部,或者多个工位中任意几个工位的底部。Optionally, the station temperature control unit may be divided into a plurality of independent station temperature control components, which are respectively and independently arranged at the bottom of each station or the bottom of any several stations in the plurality of stations.

可选地,存储温控单元包括供料温控器和供液温控器:供料温控器设于打印材料输送组件处,并构造成对打印材料进行控温;供液温控器设于处理液输送组件处,并构造成对处理液进行控温。Optionally, the storage temperature control unit includes a supply temperature controller and a liquid supply temperature controller: the supply temperature controller is provided at the printing material conveying assembly and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material; the liquid supply temperature controller is provided It is located at the processing liquid conveying component and is configured to control the temperature of the processing liquid.

存储温控单元包括供料温控器和供液温控器,使得本申请可以分别对打印材料和处理液进行精确温控,以防止打印材料或处理液在存储过程中出现沉淀、变质等问题。The storage temperature control unit includes a material supply temperature controller and a liquid supply temperature controller, so that the present application can accurately control the temperature of the printing material and the processing liquid to prevent the printing material or the processing liquid from sedimentation and deterioration during storage .

可选地,传输温控单元设于与第一存储器相连的物料输送管上。Optionally, the conveying temperature control unit is arranged on a material conveying pipe connected to the first storage.

传输温控单元设于与第一存储器相连的物料输送管上,则可以针对性地对传输管中的打印材料进行温控,使得打印材料例如明胶水凝胶等材料在运输时是以溶胶状态运输,而非传统的凝胶状态,从而便于运输,以实现明胶水凝胶等材料在细小管道中长距离的运输,并使其组分在运输过程中保持均匀。The conveying temperature control unit is arranged on the material conveying pipe connected to the first storage, and the temperature of the printing material in the conveying pipe can be controlled in a targeted manner, so that the printing material, such as gelatin hydrogel, is in a sol state during transportation. Transportation instead of the traditional gel state, so as to facilitate transportation, so as to realize the long-distance transportation of gelatin hydrogel and other materials in small pipes, and keep the components uniform during transportation.

可选地,至少一个液冷温控单元为挤出温控单元,挤出温控单元设于打印喷头处,并构造成对打印喷头进行降温。Optionally, the at least one liquid cooling temperature control unit is an extrusion temperature control unit, and the extrusion temperature control unit is provided at the printing nozzle and configured to cool the printing nozzle.

挤出温控单元的设置,使得当经过加热的传输管中的打印材料例如明胶水凝胶材料,在速溶胶状态下,将打印材料输送至打印喷头处再进行降温,使其凝胶化,则不仅可以避免直接挤出凝胶态水凝胶材料导致的挤出过程中水凝胶材料表面的缺陷、组分的不均匀和挤出丝径不均匀和易断丝的问题,而且可以提升打印时的出丝质量,使丝径更加均匀,降低断丝风险,从而提高打印产品的精度;并且可以使得第一存储器与打印喷头分离开来,无需将输送组件设置在打印喷头上,从而可以精简打印喷头的结构和设计,便于打印喷头的精准移动,提高打印产品的精度。The extrusion temperature control unit is set so that when the printing material in the heated transfer tube, such as gelatin hydrogel material, is in the fast sol state, the printing material is transported to the printing nozzle and then cooled to make it gel. It can not only avoid the surface defects of the hydrogel material in the extrusion process caused by the direct extrusion of the gel state hydrogel material, the uneven composition, the uneven diameter of the extruded wire and the problem of easy breakage, but also improve The quality of the output filaments during printing makes the diameter of the filaments more uniform, reduces the risk of filament breaks, thereby improving the accuracy of the printed product; and can separate the first memory from the print nozzle, and there is no need to set the conveying component on the print nozzle. Streamline the structure and design of the print nozzle to facilitate the precise movement of the print nozzle and improve the accuracy of the printed product.

于一实施例中,温控模块包括多个温度传感器,多个温度传感器设于工位温控单元、传输温控单元、存储温控单元和挤出温控单元处,构造成检测温度并反馈至主控模块,故温度传感器的设置,使得各个温控单元都具有温度检测和信息反馈的功能。In one embodiment, the temperature control module includes a plurality of temperature sensors, and the plurality of temperature sensors are arranged at the station temperature control unit, the transmission temperature control unit, the storage temperature control unit and the extrusion temperature control unit, and are configured to detect temperature and feedback To the main control module, the setting of the temperature sensor makes each temperature control unit have the functions of temperature detection and information feedback.

本申请通过温度传感器检测机箱内多个部件的温度,并反馈温度信息,再通过主控模块进行温度调节方案的控制和与温度传感器之间的信息交换,且主控模块可以对本申请中所有具备温度调节功能的组件进行控制,以调整其工作状态和功率等参数,达到精准、全面控温的效果。This application uses temperature sensors to detect the temperature of multiple components in the chassis, and feeds back temperature information, and then uses the main control module to control the temperature adjustment scheme and exchange information with the temperature sensor, and the main control module can control all components in this application The components of the temperature adjustment function are controlled to adjust the working state and power and other parameters to achieve accurate and comprehensive temperature control.

可选地,喷头移动模块包括打印平台、XY方向运动系统和Z方向运动系统,打印平台设置在机箱内,且设于打印工位的一侧;XY方向运动系统与打印喷头相连,并设置打印平台上,构造成使打印喷头沿X方向或者Y方向运动;Z方向运动系统与打印平台相连,构造成使打印平台沿Z方向运动;其 中,X方向、Y方向与Z方向相互垂直。Optionally, the nozzle movement module includes a printing platform, an XY-direction movement system and a Z-direction movement system. The printing platform is set in the chassis and on one side of the printing station; the XY-direction movement system is connected to the printing nozzle and is set to print The platform is configured to move the print nozzle in the X direction or the Y direction; the Z direction movement system is connected to the printing platform and is configured to move the printing platform in the Z direction; wherein the X direction, the Y direction and the Z direction are perpendicular to each other.

可选地,喷头移动模块还包括防尘罩,防尘罩与打印平台相连并能随打印喷头移动,构造成遮挡打印喷头,从而可以防止污染物溢出,可以防止污染打印区域。其中,防尘罩可以是具有伸缩性的风琴式防尘罩,也可以是由三个带孔的圆盘组成的防护罩。Optionally, the nozzle moving module further includes a dust cover, which is connected to the printing platform and can move with the print nozzle, and is configured to block the print nozzle, thereby preventing the overflow of pollutants and preventing contamination of the printing area. Among them, the dust cover can be a flexible organ-type dust cover, or a protective cover composed of three discs with holes.

可选地,XY方向运动系统包括X方向导轨和Y方向导轨、滑轮组、第一皮带、第五驱动电机和第六驱动电机,滑轮组包括多个滑轮,滑轮设于打印平台上,并能绕自身轴线方向旋转;第一皮带设于滑轮组上,且与打印喷头连接;Y方向导轨沿Y方向设于打印平台;X方向导轨沿X方向设于打印平台,且X方向导轨能滑移地设置在Y方向导轨上;打印喷头能滑移地设置在X方向导轨上;第五驱动电机与滑轮组中一个滑轮传动连接,构造成驱使打印喷头沿X方向和Y方向移动;第六驱动电机与滑轮组中一个滑轮传动连接,构造成驱使打印喷头沿X方向和Y方向移动。Optionally, the XY-direction motion system includes an X-direction guide rail and a Y-direction guide rail, a pulley set, a first belt, a fifth drive motor, and a sixth drive motor. The pulley set includes multiple pulleys, which are arranged on the printing platform and can go around itself Rotation in the axis direction; the first belt is arranged on the pulley block and connected with the print head; the Y-direction guide rail is arranged on the printing platform along the Y direction; the X-direction guide rail is arranged on the printing platform along the X direction, and the X-direction guide rail is slidably arranged on On the Y-direction guide rail; the print head can be slidably arranged on the X-direction guide rail; the fifth drive motor is connected to a pulley in the pulley block, and is configured to drive the print head to move in the X direction and the Y direction; the sixth drive motor and the pulley block A pulley transmission connection is configured to drive the print head to move in the X direction and the Y direction.

其中,滑轮组中的滑轮构造成拉伸和调整第一皮带的方向,可根据需要增加或删减滑轮组中滑轮的个数。Among them, the pulleys in the pulley set are configured to stretch and adjust the direction of the first belt, and the number of pulleys in the pulley set can be increased or deleted as required.

故XY方向运动系统的工作原理是CoreXY的工作原理,从而可以将第五驱动电机和第六驱动电机的运转转换成打印喷头沿X方向和Y方向的运动。Therefore, the working principle of the XY direction motion system is the working principle of CoreXY, so that the operation of the fifth drive motor and the sixth drive motor can be converted into the movement of the print head in the X direction and the Y direction.

其中,XY方向运动系统可以是采用CoreXY的工作原理制成的装置,也可以是采用三轴正交模组(XYZ三轴运动平台)、并联机器人(DELTA Parallel Mechanism)或平面关节型机器人的工作原理制成的装置。Among them, the XY-direction motion system can be a device made using the working principle of CoreXY, or a three-axis orthogonal module (XYZ three-axis motion platform), a parallel robot (DELTA Parallel Mechanism) or a planar joint robot. Principle of the device.

可选地,Z方向运动系统包括Z方向驱动电机和Z方向螺杆:Z方向螺杆与Z方向驱动电机传动连接,打印平台能移动地设于Z方向螺杆上。Optionally, the Z-direction motion system includes a Z-direction drive motor and a Z-direction screw: the Z-direction screw is in transmission connection with the Z-direction drive motor, and the printing platform is movably set on the Z-direction screw.

可选地,打印喷头包括打印针头、第一底座和外壳,第一底座设置在X方向导轨上,并与皮带相连;外壳设置在第一底座上,并罩设在打印针头外。Optionally, the printing nozzle includes a printing needle, a first base and a housing. The first base is arranged on the X-direction guide rail and connected to the belt; the housing is arranged on the first base and covers the printing needle.

可选地,外壳包括针头外壳和喷头外壳,针头外壳罩设在打印针头外,并与两根传输管相连,两根传输管分别为处理液输送组件的一根传输管和打印材料输送组件的一根传输管。Optionally, the housing includes a needle housing and a spray head housing. The needle housing is arranged outside the printing needle and connected to two transmission tubes. The two transmission tubes are a transmission tube of the processing liquid delivery assembly and the printing material delivery assembly. A transmission tube.

可选地,打印针头包括外针和内针,外针和内针都具有空腔,且内针穿设于所述外针的空腔内。Optionally, the printing needle includes an outer needle and an inner needle. Both the outer needle and the inner needle have a cavity, and the inner needle is inserted in the cavity of the outer needle.

可选地,内针至少设有一个,内针具有针头,所述针头设于所述外针的空腔内或者穿过所述外针设于所述外针的空腔外侧。Optionally, at least one inner needle is provided, and the inner needle has a needle head which is arranged in the cavity of the outer needle or is arranged outside the cavity of the outer needle through the outer needle.

故可以通过改变内针的数量、长度和排布方法,实现在3D打印过程中提供多种材料的混合,包覆,交替等操作,以丰富可实现的3D打印结构。Therefore, the number, length and arrangement of the inner needles can be changed to realize the mixing, covering, and alternating operations of multiple materials in the 3D printing process to enrich the achievable 3D printing structures.

可选地,所述机箱内设有针头清洁筒,所述针头清洁筒设于机箱内,并位于所述打印工位的一侧,其中,所述打印喷头依据所述喷头移动模块的驱动,相应地移动至针头清洁筒。即所述针头清洁筒位于所述打印喷头的移动范围之内。针头清洁筒可以构造成承接打印喷头的废料和对打印喷头的位置进行校准。Optionally, a needle cleaning cylinder is provided in the housing, and the needle cleaning cylinder is arranged in the housing and located at one side of the printing station, wherein the printing nozzle is driven by the nozzle moving module, Move to the needle cleaning barrel accordingly. That is, the needle cleaning cylinder is located within the movement range of the print nozzle. The needle cleaning cylinder can be configured to receive waste from the print nozzle and to calibrate the position of the print nozzle.

可选地,工位切换模块包括第二底座、夹取件和第二移动装置,第二底座设于机箱上,且位于工位的一侧;夹取件能移动地设于第二底座上,构造成夹取打印器皿;第二移动装置与夹取件相连,构造成移动夹取件和/或工位。Optionally, the station switching module includes a second base, a clamping member and a second moving device. The second base is arranged on the chassis and located on one side of the station; the clamping member is movably arranged on the second base , Configured to clamp the printing vessel; the second moving device is connected with the clamping member and configured to move the clamping member and/or the station.

可选地,夹取件包括第二托盘、第一货叉和第二货叉,第二托盘能移动地设于第二底座上,第二托盘上设有滑动槽;第一货叉与第二托盘固定连接,在第一货叉上设有多个构造成夹取打印器皿的第一通孔;第二货叉能滑动地设置在滑动槽中,在第二货叉上设有构造成夹取打印器皿的第二通孔。其中,所述第二托盘上设有第一磁性件,所述第二货叉上设有与所述第一磁性件相配的第二磁性件;所述第二底座上设有第三磁性件,在所述第二托盘上设有与所述第三磁性件相配的第四磁性件。Optionally, the gripping member includes a second pallet, a first fork, and a second fork. The second pallet is movably arranged on the second base, and the second pallet is provided with a sliding groove; the first fork and the second fork The two pallets are fixedly connected. The first fork is provided with a plurality of first through holes configured to clamp the printing vessel; the second fork is slidably arranged in the sliding groove, and the second fork is provided with a structure Clamp the second through hole of the printing vessel. Wherein, the second pallet is provided with a first magnetic member, the second fork is provided with a second magnetic member matching the first magnetic member; and the second base is provided with a third magnetic member , A fourth magnetic piece matched with the third magnetic piece is provided on the second tray.

可选地,所述多个工位安装在固定板上,所述固定板能移动地设置在所述机箱内。所述第二移动装置包括横移组件、纵移组件和升降组件,所述横移组件与第二货叉传动连接,并构造成驱使所述第二货叉沿X方向移动;所述纵移组件与固定板传动连接,并构造成驱使所述固定板沿Y方向移动;所述升降组件与第二托盘传动连接,并构造成驱使所述第二托盘沿Z方向移动。Optionally, the multiple stations are installed on a fixed plate, and the fixed plate is movably arranged in the chassis. The second moving device includes a transverse movement component, a longitudinal movement component, and a lifting component. The transverse movement component is in transmission connection with the second fork and is configured to drive the second fork to move in the X direction; the longitudinal movement The assembly is drivingly connected to the fixed plate and is configured to drive the fixed plate to move in the Y direction; the lifting assembly is drivingly connected to the second tray and is configured to drive the second tray to move in the Z direction.

本申请还提供一种3D打印方法,使用上述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:

所述主控模块获取待打印物件的个数、形状等数据;The main control module obtains data such as the number and shape of the object to be printed;

所述主控模块通过所述喷头移动模块控制所述打印喷头移动并挤出相应的打印材料;The main control module controls the movement of the printing nozzle through the nozzle movement module and extrudes corresponding printing materials;

所述主控模块通过所述温控模块设于所述物料输送模块调节各个部件的温度;The main control module is installed in the material conveying module through the temperature control module to adjust the temperature of each component;

多个打印器皿放置在其中一个所述工位处,所述主控模块控制所述工位切换模块依次将所述打印器皿取出,并令所述打印器皿依次进入各个所述工位,且依次对所述打印器皿进行预处理、打印、后处理、检测和归档操作,完成打印。可以实现打印物件的流水线批量化生产。A plurality of printing vessels are placed at one of the stations, and the main control module controls the station switching module to sequentially take out the printing vessels, and causes the printing vessels to enter each of the stations sequentially, and Perform preprocessing, printing, post-processing, detection and filing operations on the printing vessel to complete printing. It can realize mass production of printed objects in an assembly line.

可选地,在打印开始前还包括以下步骤,所述主控模块通过所述喷头移动模块控制所述打印喷头移动至所述针头清洁筒处,并对所述打印喷头进行清洁和位置校准。Optionally, before the printing starts, the following steps are further included. The main control module controls the printing nozzle to move to the needle cleaning cylinder through the nozzle moving module, and performs cleaning and position calibration of the printing nozzle.

本申请还提供一种3D打印方法,使用上述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:

当所述打印器皿位于所述检测工位处时,所述检测工位检测质量信息并记录检测得到的质量信息;When the printing vessel is located at the inspection station, the inspection station inspects quality information and records the quality information obtained by the inspection;

所述主控模块判断此时所述打印器皿中的物件是否为次品:The main control module judges whether the object in the printing vessel is defective at this time:

若是,则所述第一移动装置将所述次品座移动至于所述检测工位对接的地方,所述工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述次品座;If yes, the first moving device moves the defective product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the defective product seat;

若否,则所述第一移动装置将所述成品座移动至于所述检测工位对接的地方,所述工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述成品座。If not, the first moving device moves the finished product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the finished product seat.

可选地,工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述次品座时还包括以下步骤,通过所述第一移动装置和所述工位切换模块的共同运作,将所述打印器皿移动至所述次品座中对应的存储位置。Optionally, when the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the inferior product seat, it further includes the following steps. Through the joint operation of the first moving device and the station switching module, the printing The utensil is moved to the corresponding storage position in the defective seat.

可选地,所述工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述成品座时还包括以下步骤,并通过所述第一移动装置和所述工位切换模块的共同运作,将所述打印器皿移动至所述次品座中对应的存储位置。Optionally, when the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the finished product seat, the following steps are further included, and through the joint operation of the first moving device and the station switching module, The printing vessel is moved to the corresponding storage position in the defective product seat.

其中,成品座或者次品座中含有存储多个打印器皿的位置(安装孔的形式),通过在y轴方向靠工位切换模块移动第二货叉,x轴方向靠第一移动装置移动成品座、次品座来完成打印器皿放入位置的精确定位。Among them, the finished product seat or the defective product seat contains a position for storing multiple printing vessels (in the form of mounting holes). The second fork is moved by the station switching module in the y-axis direction, and the finished product is moved by the first moving device in the x-axis direction. To complete the precise positioning of the printing vessel placement position.

本申请还提供一种3D打印方法,使用上述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:This application also provides a 3D printing method, using the above 3D printer, including the following steps:

所述主控模块根据所记录的检测质量信息判断此时所述次品座中的物件是否需要进行修复打印:The main control module judges whether the object in the defective seat needs to be repaired and printed according to the recorded inspection quality information:

若是,则依次将所述打印器皿取出并依次送入所述打印工位进行修复打印;If yes, take out the printing vessels one by one and send them to the printing station for repair printing;

若否,则所述次品座中的物件不进行修复打印。If not, the objects in the defective seat are not repaired and printed.

本申请实施例的有益效果包括:本3D打印机可以通过转运打印器皿,从而实现打印物件的流水线生产,依次进行提取打印器皿、预处理、打印、后处理、检测、归档等操作,从而可以适用于批量化生产。本3D打印机的流水线生产还避免了传统批量打印工艺中同批次的不同产品在打印完成后到统一后处理间的时间差,使每一个样品经过的打印过程更为相近,减少了不同产品间的差异。此外,本3D打印机的设计使得每一个产品均在同一个打印工位中完成打印,并使每个产品在打印时所处的环境相同,减少了不同产品间的差异,且本申请通过增设温控模块,从而可以达到精确控温的效果。The beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application include: the 3D printer can transfer the printing utensils to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and sequentially perform operations such as extracting the printing utensils, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, inspection, and filing, so that it can be applied to Mass production. The assembly line production of this 3D printer also avoids the time difference between the same batch of different products in the traditional batch printing process after the printing is completed and the unified post-processing, so that the printing process of each sample is more similar, and the difference between different products is reduced. difference. In addition, the design of this 3D printer allows each product to be printed in the same printing station, and the environment where each product is printed is the same, which reduces the difference between different products, and this application increases the temperature The control module can achieve the effect of precise temperature control.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1为本实施例提供的3D打印机的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图2为本实施例提供的3D打印机的结构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图3a为本实施例提供的3D打印机的结构示意图;FIG. 3a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图3b为本实施例提供的3D打印机的后视图;Figure 3b is a rear view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图4为本实施例提供的3D打印机的俯视图;Figure 4 is a top view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图5为本实施例提供的物件存放工位的结构示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of the object storage station provided by this embodiment;

图6为本实施例提供的温控模块的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the temperature control module provided by this embodiment;

图7为本实施例提供的单个液冷温控单元的结构示意图之一;Figure 7 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit provided by this embodiment;

图8为本实施例提供的单个液冷温控单元的结构示意图之二;Figure 8 is the second structural diagram of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit provided by this embodiment;

图9a为本实施例提供的工位温控单元和工位的结构示意图;FIG. 9a is a schematic diagram of the structure of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment;

图9b为本实施例提供的工位温控单元和工位的剖视图;Figure 9b is a cross-sectional view of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment;

图10a为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元的剖视图;Figure 10a is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit provided by this embodiment;

图10b为本实施例提供的第二隔热外层的结构示意图;Figure 10b is a schematic structural diagram of a second thermal insulation outer layer provided by this embodiment;

图10c为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元和打印针头的剖视图;10c is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图10d为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元的结构示意图;Figure 10d is a schematic structural diagram of an extrusion temperature control unit provided by this embodiment;

图11a为本实施例提供的第一存储器的俯视图;FIG. 11a is a top view of the first memory provided by this embodiment;

图11b为本实施例提供的供液温控器和第一存储器的剖视图;Figure 11b is a cross-sectional view of the liquid supply temperature controller and the first storage provided by this embodiment;

图11c为本实施例提供的供液温控器的仰视图;Figure 11c is a bottom view of the liquid supply temperature controller provided by this embodiment;

图12a为本实施例提供的第二存储器的俯视图;FIG. 12a is a top view of the second memory provided by this embodiment;

图12b为本实施例提供的供料温控器和第二存储器的剖视图;Figure 12b is a cross-sectional view of the feeding temperature controller and the second storage provided by this embodiment;

图12c为本实施例提供的供料温控器的仰视图;Figure 12c is a bottom view of the feeding temperature controller provided by this embodiment;

图13a为本实施例提供的液冷温控单元和制冷液循环回路的结构示意图;Figure 13a is a schematic structural diagram of a liquid-cooled temperature control unit and a refrigerating liquid circulation circuit provided by this embodiment;

图13b为本实施例提供的制冷液储存箱和冷液泵的结构示意图;Figure 13b is a schematic diagram of the structure of the refrigerant storage tank and the refrigerant pump provided by this embodiment;

图13c为本实施例提供的换热器的结构示意图;Figure 13c is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger provided by this embodiment;

图14a为本实施例提供的输送组件的结构示意图;Figure 14a is a schematic structural view of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图14b为本实施例提供的输送组件的结构示意图;Figure 14b is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图14c为本实施例提供的输送组件的结构示意图;Figure 14c is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图14d为本实施例提供的输送组件的结构示意图;Figure 14d is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图15a为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件的俯视图;Figure 15a is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment;

图15b为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件的仰视图;Figure 15b is a bottom view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment;

图15c为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件的剖视图;Figure 15c is a cross-sectional view of the processing liquid delivery assembly provided by this embodiment;

图16a为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件的俯视图;Figure 16a is a top view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图16b为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件的仰视图;Figure 16b is a bottom view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图16c为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件的剖视图;Figure 16c is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图16d为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件的剖视图;Figure 16d is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly provided by this embodiment;

图17a为本实施例提供的工位和成型工位温控器的剖视图;Figure 17a is a cross-sectional view of the station and forming station thermostat provided by this embodiment;

图17b为本实施例提供的工位和成型工位温控器的剖视图;Figure 17b is a cross-sectional view of the station and forming station thermostat provided by this embodiment;

图17c为本实施例提供的槽筒和打印器皿的剖视图;Figure 17c is a cross-sectional view of the tank and printing vessel provided by this embodiment;

图18a为本实施例提供的喷头移动模块的仰视图;Figure 18a is a bottom view of the nozzle moving module provided by this embodiment;

图18b为本实施例提供的喷头移动模块的结构示意图;Figure 18b is a schematic structural diagram of the nozzle moving module provided by this embodiment;

图19a为本实施例提供的打印喷头的结构示意图;Figure 19a is a schematic structural diagram of a print nozzle provided by this embodiment;

图19b为本实施例提供的打印喷头的爆炸示意图;Figure 19b is an exploded schematic diagram of the print nozzle provided by this embodiment;

图20a为本实施例提供的打印针头的剖视图;Figure 20a is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图20b为本实施例提供的打印针头的剖视图;Figure 20b is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图20c为本实施例提供的打印针头的剖视图;Figure 20c is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图20d为本实施例提供的打印针头的剖视图;Figure 20d is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图20e为本实施例提供的打印针头的剖视图;Figure 20e is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle provided by this embodiment;

图21a为本实施例提供的工位切换模块的结构示意图;Figure 21a is a schematic structural diagram of a station switching module provided by this embodiment;

图21b为本实施例提供的夹取件的俯视图;Figure 21b is a top view of the clamping piece provided by this embodiment;

图21c为本实施例提供的第一货叉的结构示意图;Figure 21c is a schematic structural diagram of the first fork provided by this embodiment;

图21d为本实施例提供的工位切换模块的右视图;Figure 21d is a right side view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment;

图21e为本实施例提供的工位切换模块的左视图;Figure 21e is a left view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment;

图21f为本实施例提供的工位切换模块的俯视图;Figure 21f is a top view of the station switching module provided by this embodiment;

图22a为本实施例提供的3D打印机的正视图;Figure 22a is a front view of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment;

图22b为本实施例提供的3D打印机的结构示意图。FIG. 22b is a schematic diagram of the structure of the 3D printer provided by this embodiment.

图标:100-3D打印机;1-机箱;11-机体;111-开口;12-罩子;121-透明窗口;13-针头清洁筒;14-工作空间;15-电源插口;2-输送喷头;21-预处理喷头;211-第一紫外线光源;212-预处理液移除管;22-后处理喷头;221-第二紫外线光源;222-后处理液移除管;23-打印喷头;231-打印针头;2311-外针;23111-空腔;23112-凸起;23113-凹槽;2312-内针;23121-针头;2312a-第一内针;2312b-第二内针;232-第一 底座;233-外壳;2331-针头外壳;2332-喷头外壳;24-光固化模块;3-工位;30-打印器皿;31-储存工位;311-存储筒;312-卡扣;313-第五托盘;314-弹簧;315-第四驱动电机;316-第三螺杆;317-滑块;318-槽筒;3181-槽筒盖;32-预处理工位;321-第一传感器;33-打印工位;34-后处理工位;35-检测工位;36-物件存放工位;361-成品座;362-次品座;363-第一移动装置;3631-第三驱动电机;3632-第三滑轮;3633-第三皮带;364-安装板;3641-安装孔;37-凹坑;4-环境控制模块;41-温湿度传感器;42-紫外光源;43-通风装置;431-第一风扇;432-过滤装置;44-降温加湿装置;45-位置传感器;5-工位切换模块;51-第二底座;511-第三磁性件;52-夹取件;521-第一货叉;5211-第一通孔;5212-切角;5213-推动叉;522-第二货叉;5221-第二通孔;5222-第二磁性件;5223-第三支杆;523-第二托盘;5231-第一支杆;5232-第二支杆;5233-滑动槽;5234-第一磁性件;5235-第四磁性件;53-第二移动装置;531-横移组件;5311-横移电机;5312-横移滑轮;5313-横移皮带;532-纵移组件;5321-固定板;533-升降组件;6-喷头移动模块;61-打印平台;62-XY方向运动系统;621-X方向导轨;622-Y方向导轨;623-滑轮组;624-第一皮带;626-第五驱动电机;6261-第五皮带;6262-第五滑轮;627-第六驱动电机;6271-第二皮带;6272-第二滑轮;63-Z方向运动系统;631-Z方向螺杆;632-Z方向驱动电机;633-防尘罩;7-物料输送模块;70-输送组件;701-存储器;7011-针筒管;7012-活塞推杆;7013-储液袋;702-传输管;703-挤压装置;7031-驱动电机;7032-螺杆;7033-推台;7034-蠕动泵;704-导轨;705-第一托盘;706-力传感器;71-处理液输送组件;711-第一存储器;7111-第一针筒管;7112-第一活塞推杆;7113-第一储液袋;7114-第一底板;713-第一挤压装置;7131-第一驱动电机;7132-第一螺杆;7133-第一推台;7134-第一蠕动泵;714-第一导轨;715-第三托盘;716-第一力传感器;72-打印材料输送组件;721-第二存储器;7211-第二针筒管;7212-第二活塞推杆;7213-第二储液袋;7214-第二底板;723-第二挤压装置;7231-第二驱动电机;7232-第二螺杆;7233-第二推台;7236-第二蠕动泵;725-第四托盘;726-第二力传感器;7234-第四滑轮;7235-第四皮带;8-温控模块;80-液冷温控单元;81-工位温控单元;801-温控组件;8011-吸热端;8012-散热端;8013-控温件;8014-进液口;8015-出液口;8016-通道;802-隔热外层;803-第一温控组件;8031-第一吸热端;8032-第一散热端;8033-第一控温件;8034-第一进液口;8035-第一出液口;8036-第一通道;804-第一隔热外层;811-成型工位温控器;812-物件温控器;82-存储温控单元;821-供料温控器;822-第三温控组件;8221-第三吸热端;8222-第三散热端;8223-第三控温件;8224-第三进液口;8225-第三出液口;8226-第三通道;823-供液温控器;824-第四温控组件;8241-第四吸热端;8242-第四散热端;8243-第四控温件;8244-第四进液口;8245-第四出液口;8246-第四通道;83-传输温控单元;84-挤出温控单元;841-第二温控组件;8411-第二吸热端;8412-第二散热端;8413-第二控温件;8414-第二进液口;8415-第二出液口;8416-第二通道;842-第二隔热外层;8421-第一通孔;8422-第二通孔;8423-第三通孔;8424-第四通孔;85-温度传感器;861-制冷液管;862-制冷液散热装置;863-制冷液储存箱;8631-第五进液口;8632-第五出液口;864-换热器;8641-第二风扇;8642-第六进液口;8643-第六出液口;865-冷液泵;9-主控模块;91-人机交互界面;911-触摸显示屏;912-按键;913-摇杆;914-急停开关;92-工控机;93-交换机;94-微控制单元;95-检测单元。Icon: 100-3D printer; 1-chassis; 11-body; 111-opening; 12-cover; 121-transparent window; 13-needle cleaning cylinder; 14-working space; 15-power socket; 2-delivery nozzle; 21 -Pretreatment nozzle; 211-First ultraviolet light source; 212-Pretreatment liquid removal tube; 22-Post-treatment nozzle; 221-Second ultraviolet light source; 222-Post-treatment liquid removal tube; 23-Print nozzle; 231- Print needle; 2311-outer needle; 23111-cavity; 23112-protrusion; 23113-groove; 2312-inner needle; 23121-needle; 2312a-first inner needle; 2312b-second inner needle; 232-first Base; 233-housing; 2331-needle housing; 2332-sprinkler housing; 24-light curing module; 3-station; 30-printing vessel; 31-storage station; 311-storage cylinder; 312- buckle; 313- Fifth tray; 314-spring; 315-fourth drive motor; 316-third screw; 317-slider; 318-slot barrel; 3181-slot barrel cover; 32-pretreatment station; 321-first sensor; 33-printing station; 34-post-processing station; 35-inspection station; 36-object storage station; 361-finished product seat; 362-defective product seat; 363-first moving device;3631-third drive motor 3632-third pulley; 3633-third belt; 364-mounting plate; 3641-mounting hole; 37-pit; 4-environmental control module; 41-temperature and humidity sensor; 42-ultraviolet light source; 43-ventilation device; 431-first fan; 432-filter device; 44-cooling and humidifying device; 45-position sensor; 5-station switching module; 51-second base; 511-third magnetic part; 52-clamping part; 521- First fork; 5211-first through hole; 5212-cut corner; 5213-pushing fork; 522-second fork; 5221-second through hole; 5222-second magnetic member; 5223-third pole; 523-second tray; 5231-first pole; 5232-second pole; 5233-sliding groove; 5234-first magnetic member; 5235-fourth magnetic member; 53-second moving device; 531-transverse Components; 5311-transverse motor; 5312-transverse pulley; 5313-transverse belt; 532-longitudinal component; 5321-fixed plate; 533-lifting component; 6-printer moving module; 61-printing platform; 62-XY Directional motion system; 621-X direction guide rail; 622-Y direction guide rail; 623-pulley group; 624-first belt; 626-fifth drive motor; 6261-fifth belt; 6262-fifth pulley; 627-sixth drive Motor; 6271-second belt; 6272-second pulley; 63-Z direction motion system; 631-Z direction screw; 632-Z direction drive motor; 633-dust cover; 7 -Material conveying module; 70-conveying component; 701-storage; 7011-syringe tube; 7012-piston push rod; 7013-liquid bag; 702-transmission tube; 703-extrusion device; 7031-drive motor; 7032 Screw; 7033-pushing table; 7034-peristaltic pump; 704-rail; 705-first tray; 706-force sensor; 71-treatment liquid delivery assembly; 711-first storage; 7111-first syringe tube; 7112 First piston push rod; 7113-first storage bag; 7114-first bottom plate; 713-first squeezing device; 7131-first drive motor; 7132-first screw; 7131-first push table; 7134- The first peristaltic pump; 714-first rail; 715-third tray; 716-first force sensor; 72-printing material delivery assembly; 721-second storage; 7211-second syringe tube; 7212-second piston Push rod; 7213-Second liquid storage bag; 7214-Second bottom plate; 723-Second extrusion device; 7231-Second drive motor; 7232-Second screw; 7233-Second push table; 7236-Second peristalsis Pump; 725-fourth tray; 726-second force sensor; 7234-fourth pulley; 7235-fourth belt; 8-temperature control module; 80-liquid cooling temperature control unit; 81-station temperature control unit; 801 -Temperature control components; 8011-heat-absorbing end; 8012-heating end; 8013-temperature control part; 8014-liquid inlet; 8015-liquid outlet; 8016-channel; 802-insulation outer layer; 803-first temperature 8031-first heat-absorbing end; 8032-first heat sink; 8033-first temperature control element; 8034-first liquid inlet; 8035-first liquid outlet; 8036-first channel; 804- The first thermal insulation outer layer; 811-molding station thermostat; 812-object thermostat; 82-storage temperature control unit; 821-feeding thermostat; 822-third temperature control component; 8221-third Heat-absorbing end; 8222-third heat sink; 8223-third temperature control part; 8224-third liquid inlet; 8225-third liquid outlet; 8226-third channel; 823-liquid supply thermostat; 824 -The fourth temperature control component; 8241-fourth heat sink; 8242-fourth heat sink; 8243-fourth temperature control element; 8244-fourth liquid inlet; 8245-fourth liquid outlet; 8246-fourth Channel; 83-transmission temperature control unit; 84-extrusion temperature control unit; 841-second temperature control component; 8411-second heat absorption end; 8412-second heat dissipation end; 8413-second temperature control element; 8414 Second liquid inlet; 8415-second liquid outlet; 8416-second channel; 842-second insulating outer layer; 8421-first through hole; 8422-second through hole; 8423-third through hole; 8424-fourth through hole; 85-temperature sensor; 861-refrigerating liquid pipe; 862-refrigerating liquid heat dissipation Device; 863-refrigerating liquid storage tank; 8631-fifth liquid inlet; 8632-fifth liquid outlet; 864-heat exchanger; 8641-second fan; 8642-sixth liquid inlet; 8643-sixth outlet Liquid port; 865-cold pump; 9-main control module; 91-human-computer interaction interface; 911-touch screen; 912-button; 913-rocker; 914-emergency stop switch; 92-industrial computer; 93- Switch; 94-micro control unit; 95-detection unit.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。The technical solution of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

请参阅图1,图1为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的结构示意图。3D打印机100可以包括机箱1、环境控制模块4、工位切换模块5、喷头移动模块6、物料输送模块7、温控模块8和主控模块9。主控模块9分别电性连接环境控制模块4、工位切换模块5、喷头移动模块6、物料输送模块7及温控模块8。Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic structural diagram of a 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. The 3D printer 100 may include a chassis 1, an environment control module 4, a station switching module 5, a nozzle moving module 6, a material conveying module 7, a temperature control module 8 and a main control module 9. The main control module 9 is electrically connected to the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8 respectively.

主控模块9可以设于机箱1上,也可以作为一个独立的控制柜设于机箱1外。The main control module 9 can be arranged on the chassis 1 or can be arranged outside the chassis 1 as an independent control cabinet.

主控模块9包括人机交互界面91、工控机92、交换机93、微控制单元94(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)及检测单元95。The main control module 9 includes a human-computer interaction interface 91, an industrial computer 92, a switch 93, a microcontroller unit 94 (MCU), and a detection unit 95.

可选地,人机交互界面91可以为显示屏、触摸屏、按键、旋钮、开关和摇杆等计算机输入、输出设备,人机交互界面91配置成输入指令和读取信息,从而实现人机交互、信息的互通。Optionally, the human-computer interaction interface 91 can be a computer input and output device such as a display screen, touch screen, buttons, knobs, switches, and joysticks. The human-computer interaction interface 91 is configured to input instructions and read information, thereby realizing human-computer interaction , Information exchange.

工控机92可以将人机交互界面91传达的命令等信息,传递到交换机93。可选地,可通过公网通信传输到云端设备或通过无线局域网通信传输到移动端设备或个人电脑。The industrial computer 92 can transmit the command and other information conveyed by the human-computer interaction interface 91 to the switch 93. Optionally, it can be transmitted to a cloud device via public network communication or transmitted to a mobile terminal device or personal computer via wireless local area network communication.

可选地,检测单元95可以是高清相机、光学相干层析成像(optical coherence tomography,OCT)或 红外检测等检测部件,例如可以通过检测部件深度成像的能力来获取3D打印机100所打印的物件的三维图像,检测单元95构造成检测该物件是否符合标准。Optionally, the detection unit 95 may be a high-definition camera, optical coherence tomography (optical coherence tomography, OCT), or infrared detection and other detection components. For example, the depth imaging capability of the detection component may be used to obtain information about the object printed by the 3D printer 100 For a three-dimensional image, the detection unit 95 is configured to detect whether the object meets the standard.

交换机93将工控机92传递的信息、检测单元95所反馈的检测信息以及环境控制模块4、工位切换模块5、喷头移动模块6、物料输送模块7和温控模块8反馈的信息整合并判断,再输出指令,通过微控制单元94,控制环境控制模块4、工位切换模块5、喷头移动模块6、物料输送模块7和温控模块8,或通过人机交互界面91反馈信息,或直接通过工控机92传输至其他电子设备进行数据的存储或备份。The switch 93 integrates and judges the information transmitted by the industrial computer 92, the detection information fed back by the detection unit 95, and the feedback information from the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8. , And then output instructions, through the micro-control unit 94, control the environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7 and the temperature control module 8, or feedback information through the human-computer interaction interface 91, or directly It is transmitted to other electronic devices through the industrial computer 92 for data storage or backup.

可选地,工控机92、交换机93和微控制单元94之间可以通过局域网通信建立联系。可选地,交换机93的信息交换采用统一协议,可将新的功能模块通信接口接入交换机93以扩展新的功能模块,并与原系统兼容。Optionally, the industrial control computer 92, the switch 93 and the micro control unit 94 can establish a connection through local area network communication. Optionally, the information exchange of the switch 93 adopts a unified protocol, and a new functional module communication interface can be connected to the switch 93 to expand the new functional module and be compatible with the original system.

可选地,微控制单元94可以为单片微型计算机等具有数据存储、分析、运算、发送等功能的控制芯片。微控制单元94可以通过三轴运动控制器控制喷头移动模块6中的电机,并由三轴运动控制器反馈喷头移动模块6的当前运动状态和实时位置。微控制单元94可以通过辅助运动控制器控制工位切换模块5和物料输送模块7的电机,或者可以通过辅助运动控制器控制环境控制模块4;微控制单元94可以通过温度控制器控制温控模块8,并接受温控模块8反馈的温度信息。Optionally, the micro-control unit 94 may be a single-chip microcomputer or other control chip with functions such as data storage, analysis, calculation, and transmission. The micro-control unit 94 can control the motors in the nozzle moving module 6 through a three-axis motion controller, and the three-axis motion controller feeds back the current motion state and real-time position of the nozzle moving module 6. The micro-control unit 94 can control the motors of the station switching module 5 and the material conveying module 7 through the auxiliary motion controller, or can control the environmental control module 4 through the auxiliary motion controller; the micro-control unit 94 can control the temperature control module through the temperature controller 8, and accept the temperature information feedback from the temperature control module 8.

请参阅图2,图2为本实施例的3D打印机100的结构示意图。3D打印机100包括机箱1,机箱1内设有输送喷头2、多个工位3和多个打印器皿30,输送喷头2设置于工位3的上方,打印器皿30设置在工位3上,输送喷头2包括打印喷头23。环境控制模块4设置于机箱1内,并与主控模块9电性连接,环境控制模块4构造成调整机箱1内的环境状况。工位切换模块5设置于机箱1内,并与主控模块9电性连接,工位切换模块5构造成驱动打印器皿30和/或工位3,使得打印器皿30在各个工位3之间进行转移。喷头移动模块6与打印喷头23相连,并与主控模块9电性连接,喷头移动模块6构造成驱动打印喷头23在各个工位3之间进行转移。物料输送模块7与输送喷头2相连,并与主控模块9电性连接,物料输送模块7构造成向输送喷头2输送材料。温控模块8(请参阅图1)设于物料输送模块7、工位3和打印喷头23上,并与主控模块9电性连接,温控模块8构造成调节温度。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic structural diagram of the 3D printer 100 of this embodiment. The 3D printer 100 includes a chassis 1. The chassis 1 is provided with a conveying nozzle 2, a plurality of stations 3, and a plurality of printing vessels 30. The conveying nozzle 2 is arranged above the station 3, and the printing vessel 30 is arranged on the station 3. The nozzle 2 includes a printing nozzle 23. The environmental control module 4 is arranged in the chassis 1 and is electrically connected to the main control module 9. The environmental control module 4 is configured to adjust the environmental conditions in the chassis 1. The station switching module 5 is arranged in the chassis 1 and is electrically connected to the main control module 9. The station switching module 5 is configured to drive the printing vessel 30 and/or the station 3, so that the printing vessel 30 is between each station 3 Make the transfer. The nozzle moving module 6 is connected to the printing nozzle 23 and electrically connected to the main control module 9. The nozzle moving module 6 is configured to drive the printing nozzle 23 to transfer between the respective stations 3. The material conveying module 7 is connected to the conveying nozzle 2 and electrically connected to the main control module 9. The material conveying module 7 is configured to convey materials to the conveying nozzle 2. The temperature control module 8 (please refer to FIG. 1) is arranged on the material conveying module 7, the station 3 and the printing nozzle 23, and is electrically connected to the main control module 9. The temperature control module 8 is configured to adjust the temperature.

机箱1包括机体11和罩子12,机体11上设有开口111,罩子12设于机体11上,且位于开口111处。开口111可以作为打印器皿30从机箱1内提取、放入的通道。The case 1 includes a body 11 and a cover 12. The body 11 is provided with an opening 111. The cover 12 is provided on the body 11 and located at the opening 111. The opening 111 can be used as a passage for the printing vessel 30 to be taken out and put into the cabinet 1.

可选地,罩子12与机体11上成铰接设置,且罩子12盖合在机体11上时,罩子12构造成封闭机体11的开口111。此时机箱1仍能与外侧的空气相通。Optionally, the cover 12 and the body 11 are hingedly arranged, and when the cover 12 is closed on the body 11, the cover 12 is configured to close the opening 111 of the body 11. At this time, the chassis 1 can still communicate with the outside air.

当罩子12盖合在机体11上时,机箱具有一个空腔即用作生产打印物件的工作空间14。可选地,罩子12上设有透明窗口121,用以观察打印过程。When the cover 12 is closed on the body 11, the case has a cavity that is used as a working space 14 for producing printed objects. Optionally, a transparent window 121 is provided on the cover 12 to observe the printing process.

可选地,人机交互界面91设于机箱1外表面上,人机交互界面91包括触摸显示屏911、按键912、摇杆913和急停开关914。急停开关914构造成在紧急情况下切断3D打印机100的电源来保护3D打印机100。Optionally, the man-machine interaction interface 91 is provided on the outer surface of the chassis 1, and the man-machine interaction interface 91 includes a touch display screen 911, buttons 912, a rocker 913 and an emergency stop switch 914. The emergency stop switch 914 is configured to cut off the power of the 3D printer 100 to protect the 3D printer 100 in an emergency.

机箱1可以为长方体结构,以机箱1的高度方向作为Z轴建立坐标系,则机箱1的宽度方向为X轴,机箱1的长度方向为Y轴,机箱1的底面为X-Y的基准平面。The case 1 can be a rectangular parallelepiped structure, and the height direction of the case 1 is used as the Z axis to establish a coordinate system. The width direction of the case 1 is the X axis, the length direction of the case 1 is the Y axis, and the bottom surface of the case 1 is the X-Y reference plane.

请参阅图3a,图3a为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的结构示意图。环境控制模块4包括温湿度传感器41、紫外光源42、通风装置43和降温加湿装置44。温湿度传感器41设于罩子12的内表面上,温湿度传感器41构造成检测机箱1内的温度和湿度。紫外光源42设于罩子12的内表面上,紫外光源42构造成提供紫外光。通风装置43设于机体11上,通风装置43构造成提供空气。降温加湿装置44设于罩子12的内表面上,降温加湿装置44构造成提供水汽和气体。位置传感器45设于罩子12的内表面上,位置传感器45构造成检测罩子12与机体11所形成的夹角。Please refer to FIG. 3a, which is a schematic structural diagram of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. The environmental control module 4 includes a temperature and humidity sensor 41, an ultraviolet light source 42, a ventilation device 43 and a cooling and humidifying device 44. The temperature and humidity sensor 41 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the temperature and humidity sensor 41 is configured to detect the temperature and humidity in the cabinet 1. The ultraviolet light source 42 is disposed on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the ultraviolet light source 42 is configured to provide ultraviolet light. The ventilation device 43 is provided on the body 11, and the ventilation device 43 is configured to provide air. The cooling and humidifying device 44 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the cooling and humidifying device 44 is configured to provide water vapor and gas. The position sensor 45 is provided on the inner surface of the cover 12, and the position sensor 45 is configured to detect the angle formed by the cover 12 and the body 11.

当位置传感器45检测到在罩子12与机体11所形成的夹角,即开启角度超过在主控模块9中所设定的值时,通风装置43将机箱1外的空气经过过滤后形成的无菌洁净空气持续通入3D打印机100的工作空间14内,以保持3D打印机100的工作空间14的无菌环境,并降温。温湿度传感器41构造成检测机箱1内的温度和湿度,并反馈给主控模块9,使得环境控制模块4令3D打印机100的工作空间14处于恒温、恒湿和无菌的状态。When the position sensor 45 detects the angle formed between the cover 12 and the body 11, that is, when the opening angle exceeds the value set in the main control module 9, the ventilation device 43 filters the air outside the chassis 1 to form a void. Bacterial clean air is continuously passed into the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 to maintain the aseptic environment of the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 and cool down. The temperature and humidity sensor 41 is configured to detect the temperature and humidity in the chassis 1 and feed it back to the main control module 9 so that the environment control module 4 keeps the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100 in a constant temperature, constant humidity and sterile state.

降温加湿装置44,根据主控模块9的指令,在机箱1内的工作空间14温度过高时,缓慢通入经过 过滤的外部空气以降低温度,并在机箱1内工作空间14的湿度过低时,释放无菌的水汽以提升机箱1内工作空间14的湿度,以减缓打印物件的脱水固化。The cooling and humidifying device 44, according to the instruction of the main control module 9, when the temperature of the working space 14 in the chassis 1 is too high, slowly pass in filtered external air to reduce the temperature, and the humidity of the working space 14 in the chassis 1 is too low At this time, aseptic water vapor is released to increase the humidity of the working space 14 in the case 1, so as to slow down the dehydration and solidification of the printed object.

紫外光源42包括高波段紫外光源42和低波段紫外光源42,其中,高波段紫外光源42可以发出波长200-275nm的紫外光,对直接照射的部位进行直接灭菌;低波段紫外光源42可以发出波长320-420nm的紫外光,通过电离空气使3D打印机100工作空间14产生臭氧,从而对无法接受紫外直射的区域进行灭菌。灭菌结束后,通风装置43将经过过滤的无菌空气通入3D打印机100工作空间14时可以排除残余的臭氧。The ultraviolet light source 42 includes a high-band ultraviolet light source 42 and a low-band ultraviolet light source 42. The high-band ultraviolet light source 42 can emit ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200-275 nm to directly sterilize the directly irradiated part; the low-band ultraviolet light source 42 can emit Ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 320-420nm uses ionized air to generate ozone in the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100, thereby sterilizing the area that cannot receive direct ultraviolet radiation. After the sterilization is completed, the ventilating device 43 can remove residual ozone when passing the filtered sterile air into the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100.

可选地,主控模块9的微控制单元94(请参阅图1)可以通过辅助信号采集器收集位置传感器45和温湿度传感器41检测的信息,并进行分析处理。Optionally, the micro-control unit 94 (see FIG. 1) of the main control module 9 can collect the information detected by the position sensor 45 and the temperature and humidity sensor 41 through an auxiliary signal collector, and perform analysis and processing.

请参阅图3b,图3b为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的后视图。通风装置43包括第一风扇431和过滤装置432,并设于机体11上。第一风扇431可以将机箱1外部的气体通过过滤装置432吸入后通向3D打印机100的工作空间14。可选地,过滤装置432可以是过滤网的结构。Please refer to FIG. 3b. FIG. 3b is a rear view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. The ventilation device 43 includes a first fan 431 and a filter device 432 and is arranged on the body 11. The first fan 431 can suck air outside the chassis 1 through the filter device 432 and lead to the working space 14 of the 3D printer 100. Optionally, the filtering device 432 may be a filtering net structure.

第一风扇和过滤装置的设置,将外部处于室温(20-25℃)下的空气净化后通入机箱内,达到一定的降温效果,使得3D打印机的工作空间的温度得到维持。机体11的背部设有电源插口15,电源插口15构造成提供电源。环境控制模块4、工位切换模块5、喷头移动模块6、物料输送模块7、温控模块8与主控模块9可以通过数据线形成电性连接。The arrangement of the first fan and the filter device purifies the air outside at room temperature (20-25°C) and then passes it into the chassis to achieve a certain cooling effect, so that the temperature of the working space of the 3D printer can be maintained. A power socket 15 is provided on the back of the body 11, and the power socket 15 is configured to provide power. The environmental control module 4, the station switching module 5, the nozzle moving module 6, the material conveying module 7, the temperature control module 8 and the main control module 9 can be electrically connected through a data line.

请参阅图4,图4为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的俯视图。可选地,多个工位3包括依次设置的储存工位31、预处理工位32、打印工位33、后处理工位34、检测工位35和物件存放工位36,且该直线沿Y方向分布。Please refer to FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a top view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the plurality of stations 3 include a storage station 31, a pre-processing station 32, a printing station 33, a post-processing station 34, a detection station 35, and an object storage station 36 arranged in sequence, and the straight line Y direction distribution.

可选地,输送喷头2包括预处理喷头21,后处理喷头22和打印喷头23。预处理喷头21设置在预处理工位32的上方;后处理喷头22设置在后处理工位34的上方;打印喷头23设置在打印工位33的上方。其中,上方包括正上方和斜上方。由于预处理工位32,后处理工位34和打印工位33可以在工位切换模块5作用下移动,故预处理工位32,后处理工位34和打印工位33会移动并分别离开预处理喷头21,后处理喷头22和打印喷头23的正下方,相对来说,预处理工位32,后处理工位34和打印工位33会分别移动至预处理喷头21,后处理喷头22和打印喷头23的斜下方。Optionally, the delivery nozzle 2 includes a pretreatment nozzle 21, a post-treatment nozzle 22, and a printing nozzle 23. The pre-processing nozzle 21 is arranged above the pre-processing station 32; the post-processing nozzle 22 is arranged above the post-processing station 34; the printing nozzle 23 is arranged above the printing station 33. Among them, the top includes directly above and diagonally above. Since the pre-processing station 32, post-processing station 34 and printing station 33 can be moved under the action of the station switching module 5, the pre-processing station 32, post-processing station 34 and printing station 33 will move and leave respectively Directly below the pre-processing nozzle 21, the post-processing nozzle 22 and the printing nozzle 23, relatively speaking, the pre-processing station 32, the post-processing station 34 and the printing station 33 will move to the pre-processing nozzle 21 and the post-processing nozzle 22 respectively. And diagonally below the print head 23.

物料输送模块7包括两个输送组件70,两个输送组件70分别为打印材料输送组件72和处理液输送组件71。打印材料输送组件72与打印喷头23相连,打印材料输送组件72构造成输送打印材料;处理液输送组件71与打印喷头23、预处理喷头21或者后处理喷头22相连,处理液输送组件71构造成输送处理液。The material conveying module 7 includes two conveying components 70, and the two conveying components 70 are a printing material conveying component 72 and a processing liquid conveying component 71 respectively. The printing material conveying component 72 is connected to the printing nozzle 23, and the printing material conveying component 72 is configured to convey the printing material; the processing liquid conveying component 71 is connected to the printing nozzle 23, the pre-processing nozzle 21 or the post-processing nozzle 22, and the processing liquid conveying component 71 is configured to Transport treatment liquid.

可选地,3D打印机100可以通过转运打印器皿30,从而实现打印物件的流水线生产,依次进行提取打印器皿30、预处理、打印、后处理、检测、归档等操作。Optionally, the 3D printer 100 can transfer the printing vessel 30 to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and sequentially perform operations such as extracting the printing vessel 30, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing, and filing.

主控模块9可以设于机箱1的右侧,环境控制模块4、喷头移动模块6和工位切换模块5设于机箱1的左侧,且沿图4所示X方向依次分布。处理液输送组件71可以设于主控模块9的右侧,打印材料输送组件72可以设于主控模块9的左侧,喷头移动模块6的右侧。可选地,预处理液可以是清洁液、表面活化液等用于预处理的液体材料。后处理液可以是交联液或用于溶解牺牲材料的溶剂等用于后处理的液体材料。The main control module 9 can be arranged on the right side of the case 1, and the environmental control module 4, the nozzle moving module 6 and the station switching module 5 are arranged on the left side of the case 1, and are sequentially distributed along the X direction shown in FIG. The processing liquid delivery assembly 71 may be arranged on the right side of the main control module 9, the printing material delivery assembly 72 may be arranged on the left side of the main control module 9, and the right side of the nozzle moving module 6. Optionally, the pretreatment liquid may be a liquid material used for pretreatment, such as a cleaning liquid, a surface activation liquid, and the like. The post-treatment liquid may be a liquid material used for post-treatment such as a cross-linking liquid or a solvent used to dissolve the sacrificial material.

可选地,检测工位35包括相机、光学相干层析或红外检测等检测元件,检测元件设于检测工位35处,可以对打印物件进行检测,并将该信息反馈至主控模块9。可选地,打印器皿30上设有物件编码等标识码,检测工位35可以对该标识码进行扫描、识别并记录。Optionally, the detection station 35 includes detection elements such as a camera, optical coherence tomography, or infrared detection. The detection element is set at the detection station 35 to detect the printed object and feed the information back to the main control module 9. Optionally, an identification code such as an object code is provided on the printing vessel 30, and the detection station 35 can scan, identify and record the identification code.

可选地,检测工位35上开设有与打印器皿30相配的凹坑37(请参阅图17a),检测元件既可以设于检测工位35的凹坑37的内表面上,或者设于凹坑37的上方。Optionally, the detection station 35 is provided with a pit 37 that matches the printing vessel 30 (please refer to FIG. 17a), and the detection element can be set on the inner surface of the pit 37 of the detection station 35, or set in the concave Above the pit 37.

物件存放工位36包括成品座361和次品座362。可选地,在打印器皿30从检测工位35移动到物件存放工位36的过程中,可以进行打印物件的分类工作,区分成品和次品。The object storage station 36 includes a finished product seat 361 and a defective product seat 362. Optionally, in the process of moving the printing vessel 30 from the inspection station 35 to the object storage station 36, classification of printed objects can be performed to distinguish between finished products and defective products.

机箱1内设有针头清洁筒13,并位于打印工位33的一侧。打印喷头23依据喷头移动模块6的驱动,相应地移动至针头清洁筒13。即针头清洁筒13位于打印喷头23的移动范围之内。A needle cleaning cylinder 13 is provided in the case 1 and is located on one side of the printing station 33. The printing nozzle 23 is driven by the nozzle moving module 6 to move to the needle cleaning cylinder 13 accordingly. That is, the needle cleaning cylinder 13 is located within the moving range of the printing nozzle 23.

当打印开始前,可以令打印喷头23在喷头移动模块6的作用下移动到针头清洁筒13,并挤出一段 打印材料并弃置,使得打印喷头23中所遗留的打印材料被清除以提高打印物件的质量。故可将针头清洁筒13设置为坐标系原点即工位原点,针头清洁筒13构造成对打印喷头23的位置进行校准,以提高打印物件的生产精度。Before printing starts, the printing nozzle 23 can be moved to the needle cleaning cylinder 13 under the action of the nozzle moving module 6, and a piece of printing material can be extruded and discarded, so that the printing material left in the printing nozzle 23 can be removed to improve the printed objects. the quality of. Therefore, the needle cleaning cylinder 13 can be set as the origin of the coordinate system, that is, the origin of the workstation. The needle cleaning cylinder 13 is configured to calibrate the position of the printing nozzle 23 to improve the production accuracy of the printed object.

可选地,针头清洁筒13内可以设有电热片等加温元件,使得打印喷头23温度不会过低而造成废料清除不干净的问题。可选地,针头清洁筒13内可以设有光学传感器等测量元件,从而对打印喷头23的位置进行判断并反馈至主控模块9。Optionally, a heating element such as an electric heater may be provided in the needle cleaning barrel 13 so that the temperature of the print nozzle 23 is not too low, which may cause the problem of unclean waste removal. Optionally, an optical sensor and other measuring elements may be provided in the needle cleaning cylinder 13 to judge the position of the print nozzle 23 and feed it back to the main control module 9.

主控模块9的微控制单元94可以通过校准传感器对打印喷头23的针尖进行定位和校准,其中校准传感器可将打印喷头23针尖的位置信息传输至微控制单元94。可选地,校准传感器设于针头清洁筒13内。The micro control unit 94 of the main control module 9 can position and calibrate the needle tip of the print nozzle 23 through a calibration sensor, wherein the calibration sensor can transmit the position information of the needle tip of the print nozzle 23 to the micro control unit 94. Optionally, the calibration sensor is provided in the needle cleaning cylinder 13.

请参阅图5,图5为本实施例提供的物件存放工位36的结构示意图。可选地,物件存放工位36还可以包括多个第一移动装置363,多个第一移动装置363分别与成品座361和次品座362相连,第一移动装置363构造成移动成品座361和次品座362。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic structural diagram of the object storage station 36 provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the object storage station 36 may further include a plurality of first moving devices 363, which are respectively connected to the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362, and the first moving device 363 is configured to move the finished product seat 361 And the defective seat 362.

第一移动装置363可以包括第三驱动电机3631、两个第三滑轮3632和一个第三皮带3633。第三驱动电机3631、两个第三滑轮3632和第三皮带3633传动连接并形成带传动。可选地,第三驱动电机3631可以是伺服电机或步进电机。The first moving device 363 may include a third driving motor 3631, two third pulleys 3632, and a third belt 3633. The third driving motor 3631, the two third pulleys 3632, and the third belt 3633 are drivingly connected to form a belt transmission. Optionally, the third driving motor 3631 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.

当检测工位35检测出打印物件为成品时,主控模块9可以控制与成品座361相连的第一移动装置363移动成品座361,使成品座361沿X方向移动并靠近检测工位35,便于移动该打印物件;主控模块9可以控制与次品座362相连的第一移动装置363移动次品座362,使次品座362沿X方向移动并远离检测工位35,避让成品座361。当检测工位35检测出打印物件为次品时,成品座361和次品座362反向运动。When the inspection station 35 detects that the printed object is a finished product, the main control module 9 can control the first moving device 363 connected to the finished product seat 361 to move the finished product seat 361 so that the finished product seat 361 moves in the X direction and approaches the inspection station 35. It is convenient to move the printed object; the main control module 9 can control the first moving device 363 connected to the defective seat 362 to move the defective seat 362 so that the defective seat 362 moves in the X direction and away from the detection station 35, avoiding the finished seat 361 . When the detection station 35 detects that the printed object is a defective product, the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 move in opposite directions.

可选地,成品座361和次品座362设有多个,第一移动装置363的个数等于成品座361和次品座362的个数之和。Optionally, there are multiple finished seats 361 and defective seats 362, and the number of first moving devices 363 is equal to the sum of the number of finished seats 361 and defective seats 362.

成品座361和次品座362上可拆卸地设置有安装板364,安装板364上设有多个安装孔3641,安装板364构造成放置打印器皿30。可选地,该安装板364可以是器官芯片、6孔细胞培养板、12孔细胞培养板、24孔细胞培养板、48孔细胞培养板或96孔细胞培养板。安装板364的设置,便于一次移动多个打印器皿30。The finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 are detachably provided with a mounting plate 364, a plurality of mounting holes 3641 are provided on the mounting plate 364, and the mounting plate 364 is configured to hold the printing vessel 30. Optionally, the mounting plate 364 may be an organ chip, a 6-well cell culture plate, a 12-well cell culture plate, a 24-well cell culture plate, a 48-well cell culture plate, or a 96-well cell culture plate. The setting of the mounting plate 364 facilitates the movement of multiple printing vessels 30 at a time.

请参阅图6,图6为本实施例提供的温控模块8的结构示意图,温控模块8可以包括多个液冷温控单元80、制冷液循环回路及传输温控单元83。Please refer to FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the temperature control module 8 provided by this embodiment. The temperature control module 8 may include a plurality of liquid cooling temperature control units 80, a refrigerant circulation circuit, and a transmission temperature control unit 83.

所述多个液冷温控单元80包括可以工位温控单元81、存储温控单元82和挤出温控单元84。工位温控单元81设于工位3的底部,并构造成对工位3进行控温。存储温控单元82设于物料输送模块7(请参阅图4)处,并构造成对打印材料或者处理液进行控温。挤出温控单元84设于打印喷头23处,并构造成对打印喷头23进行控温。The plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units 80 include a station temperature control unit 81, a storage temperature control unit 82 and an extrusion temperature control unit 84. The station temperature control unit 81 is arranged at the bottom of the station 3 and is configured to control the temperature of the station 3. The storage temperature control unit 82 is provided at the material conveying module 7 (see FIG. 4), and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material or the processing liquid. The extrusion temperature control unit 84 is provided at the printing nozzle 23 and is configured to control the temperature of the printing nozzle 23.

制冷液循环回路构造成配合多个液冷温控单元80进行控温。The refrigerant liquid circulation circuit is configured to cooperate with a plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units 80 for temperature control.

传输温控单元83设于传输管702上,并构造成对传输管702进行控温。可选地,传输温控单元83包括套设在传输管702外的制冷片结构,制冷片结构正接电流可以构造成制冷,也可以反接电流构造成加热。制冷片结构可以包覆整根传输管702也可以只包覆传输管702上的一段或者一端。The transmission temperature control unit 83 is provided on the transmission pipe 702 and is configured to control the temperature of the transmission pipe 702. Optionally, the transmission temperature control unit 83 includes a refrigerating fin structure sheathed outside the transmission tube 702, and the refrigerating fin structure can be configured to be cooled by the positive current, or configured to heat by the reverse current. The cooling fin structure can cover the entire transfer tube 702 or only a section or one end of the transfer tube 702.

请参阅图7,图7为本实施例提供的单个液冷温控单元80的结构示意图。单个液冷温控单元80包括温控组件801;温控组件801包括吸热端8011、散热端8012和控温件8013,吸热端8011设于打印喷头23、物料输送模块7或者工位3上,并与打印喷头23、物料输送模块7或者工位3接触;散热端8012上设有供制冷液通过的通道8016以及与通道8016相通的进液口8014和出液口8015,进液口8014与出液口8015均与制冷液管861相连;控温件8013设置在吸热端8011和散热端8012之间。Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic structural diagram of a single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 provided in this embodiment. A single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 includes a temperature control component 801; the temperature control component 801 includes a heat absorption end 8011, a heat dissipation end 8012, and a temperature control element 8013. The heat absorption end 8011 is located at the print nozzle 23, the material conveying module 7 or the station 3. And contact with the print nozzle 23, the material conveying module 7 or the station 3; the cooling end 8012 is provided with a channel 8016 for the passage of refrigerant, and a liquid inlet 8014 and a liquid outlet 8015 communicating with the channel 8016, the liquid inlet 8014 and the liquid outlet 8015 are both connected with the refrigerant liquid pipe 861; the temperature control member 8013 is arranged between the heat absorption end 8011 and the heat dissipation end 8012.

各个温控模块的零部件组合方式和温控原理相同,则不仅便于温控模块的布设和拆装,而且便于主控模块对各个温控模块的温度控制以及温度调节方案的设计,便于精细化控制。The component combination method and temperature control principle of each temperature control module are the same, which not only facilitates the layout and disassembly of the temperature control module, but also facilitates the temperature control of each temperature control module by the main control module and the design of the temperature adjustment scheme, which is convenient for refinement control.

吸热端8011和散热端8012均为由高导热性的金属材料(例如黄铜)制成的。当温度传感器85检测到待控温组件的温度高于设定温度时,吸热端8011与待控温组件直接接触,吸收待控温组件的热量,再经由控温件8013将吸热端8011的热量转移至散热端8012,使得散热端8012的温度上升,同时制冷 液管861将制冷液由进液口8014送入通道8016,散热端8012将热量转移至通道8016的制冷液中,接着吸收热量的制冷液从出液口8015离开通道8016,散热端8012恢复初始温度,反复进行,达到降温效果。当温度传感器85检测到待控温组件的温度低于设定温度时,主控模块9对控温件8013提供反向的电流,将散热端8012的热量转移至吸热端8011,从而提升待控温组件的温度,起到加热的作用。控温件8013可以是热泵。Both the heat-absorbing end 8011 and the heat-dissipating end 8012 are made of a metal material (such as brass) with high thermal conductivity. When the temperature sensor 85 detects that the temperature of the temperature-controlled component is higher than the set temperature, the heat-absorbing end 8011 directly contacts the temperature-controlled component, absorbs the heat of the temperature-controlled component, and then transfers the heat-absorbing end 8011 through the temperature control element 8013 The heat transferred to the radiating end 8012 causes the temperature of the radiating end 8012 to rise, and at the same time, the refrigerant pipe 861 sends the refrigerant through the liquid inlet 8014 into the passage 8016, and the radiator 8012 transfers the heat to the refrigerant in the passage 8016, and then absorbs The heat of the refrigerant leaves the channel 8016 from the liquid outlet 8015, and the heat dissipation end 8012 restores the initial temperature, and the process is repeated to achieve the cooling effect. When the temperature sensor 85 detects that the temperature of the component to be controlled is lower than the set temperature, the main control module 9 provides a reverse current to the temperature control element 8013 to transfer the heat from the heat dissipation end 8012 to the heat absorption end 8011, thereby increasing the The temperature of the temperature control component plays a heating role. The temperature control element 8013 may be a heat pump.

请参阅图8,图8为本实施例提供的液冷温控单元80的结构示意图。可选地,单个液冷温控单元80还包括隔热外层802,隔热外层802设于温控组件801外侧,将温控组件801包覆或者部分包覆,隔热外层802构造成隔热。Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a schematic structural diagram of the liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the single liquid-cooled temperature control unit 80 further includes a heat-insulating outer layer 802. The heat-insulating outer layer 802 is provided on the outside of the temperature control component 801 to cover or partially cover the temperature control component 801. The heat-insulating outer layer 802 is constructed Insulation.

隔热外层的设置,可以减少温控组件与外界的热量交换,使其达到保温效果。其中,隔热外层为低导热性能的材料制成,该低导热性能的材料可以是塑料、ABS树脂。The arrangement of the outer thermal insulation layer can reduce the heat exchange between the temperature control component and the outside, so that it can achieve the thermal insulation effect. Wherein, the heat insulation outer layer is made of a material with low thermal conductivity, and the material with low thermal conductivity may be plastic or ABS resin.

可选地,温控模块8还可以包括多个温度传感器85,多个温度传感器85可以分别设于工位温控单元81、存储温控单元82、传输温控单元83和挤出温控单元84处,温度传感器85构造成检测温度并反馈至主控模块9,故温度传感器85的设置,使得各个温控单元都具有温度检测和信息反馈的功能。Optionally, the temperature control module 8 may also include a plurality of temperature sensors 85, and the plurality of temperature sensors 85 may be respectively provided in the station temperature control unit 81, the storage temperature control unit 82, the transmission temperature control unit 83 and the extrusion temperature control unit At 84, the temperature sensor 85 is configured to detect temperature and feed it back to the main control module 9. Therefore, the setting of the temperature sensor 85 enables each temperature control unit to have the functions of temperature detection and information feedback.

工位温控单元81包括成型工位温控器811和物件温控器812,成型工位温控器811设于储存工位31、预处理工位32、打印工位33、后处理工位34和检测工位35处;物件温控器812设于物件存放工位36处(请参阅图4)。The station temperature control unit 81 includes a forming station temperature controller 811 and an object temperature controller 812. The forming station temperature controller 811 is provided at the storage station 31, the pretreatment station 32, the printing station 33, and the post-processing station. 34 and 35 inspection stations; the object thermostat 812 is installed at 36 object storage stations (please refer to Figure 4).

成型工位温控器811可以控制打印成型过程中工位3的温度,提高打印物件的质量。物件温控器812可以控制打印成型完成后物件存放工位36的温度,使物件存放时间延长,避免变化。The forming station temperature controller 811 can control the temperature of station 3 during the printing and forming process to improve the quality of the printed object. The object temperature controller 812 can control the temperature of the object storage station 36 after the printing and molding is completed, so as to extend the storage time of the object and avoid changes.

请参阅图9a,图9a为本实施例提供的工位温控单元和工位的结构示意图。可选地,各个工位3上开设有至少一个凹坑37,且工位3为由高导热性能的金属材料制成。如此,在凹坑37内处于一个温度均匀的低温环境,形成为一个冷阱平台,从而使得产品各层之间保持一定的均一性,从而使得3D打印机可以生产高度更高的产品。该金属材料可以是铝、银或铜。凹坑37为一个平底的盲孔,可以构造成放置打印的产品。Please refer to FIG. 9a, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment. Optionally, each station 3 is provided with at least one pit 37, and the station 3 is made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity. In this way, a low temperature environment with uniform temperature is formed in the pit 37 to form a cold trap platform, so that a certain degree of uniformity between the layers of the product is maintained, so that the 3D printer can produce higher-level products. The metal material can be aluminum, silver or copper. The pit 37 is a blind hole with a flat bottom, which can be configured to place a printed product.

请参阅图9b,图9b为本实施例提供的工位温控单元和工位的剖视图。可选地,凹坑37的孔径由上至下依次递减。凹坑37构造成容纳打印器皿30,所述打印器皿30构造成承接打印产品且构造成隔绝温度。打印器皿30可以为平板结构或者杯子结构。打印器皿30隔绝了产品与凹坑内壁之间的接触,隔绝了温度传导,以避免产品结构受到破坏。Please refer to FIG. 9b, which is a cross-sectional view of the station temperature control unit and the station provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the aperture of the pit 37 decreases sequentially from top to bottom. The pit 37 is configured to accommodate a printing vessel 30 configured to receive a printed product and configured to isolate temperature. The printing vessel 30 may have a flat structure or a cup structure. The printing vessel 30 isolates the contact between the product and the inner wall of the pit, and isolates the temperature conduction to avoid damage to the product structure.

工位温控单元81包括第一温控组件803和第一隔热外层804,第一温控组件803包括由上至下依次设置的第一吸热端8031、第一控温件8033和第一散热端8032,第一吸热端8031设于打印工位33和后处理工位34的底部,在第一散热端8032内设有第一通道8036,第一通道8036上设有第一进液口8034和第一出液口8035。The station temperature control unit 81 includes a first temperature control component 803 and a first thermal insulation outer layer 804. The first temperature control component 803 includes a first heat absorption end 8031, a first temperature control member 8033, and a The first heat dissipation end 8032 and the first heat absorption end 8031 are located at the bottom of the printing station 33 and the post-processing station 34. The first heat dissipation end 8032 is provided with a first channel 8036, and the first channel 8036 is provided with a first channel 8036. The liquid inlet 8034 and the first liquid outlet 8035.

可选地,第一隔热外层804套设在工位3外,并套设在第一吸热端8031和第一控温件8033外。Optionally, the first heat insulation outer layer 804 is sheathed outside the station 3 and sheathed outside the first heat absorption end 8031 and the first temperature control member 8033.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于工位3的底部,且位于凹坑37的正下方。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided at the bottom of the station 3 and located directly below the pit 37.

其中,工位温控单元81可以为一整体结构,设于打印工位33和后处理工位34的底部,或者设于预处理工位32、打印工位33、后处理工位34的底部,或者设于预处理工位32、打印工位33、后处理工位34、检测工位35和物件存放工位36的底部,或者设于储存工位31、预处理工位32、打印工位33、后处理工位34、检测工位35和物件存放工位36的底部。Among them, the station temperature control unit 81 may be an integral structure, which is located at the bottom of the printing station 33 and the post-processing station 34, or at the bottom of the pre-processing station 32, printing station 33, and post-processing station 34 , Or at the bottom of the pre-processing station 32, printing station 33, post-processing station 34, inspection station 35, and object storage station 36, or at the bottom of the storage station 31, pre-processing station 32, printing station The bottom of the position 33, the post-processing station 34, the inspection station 35 and the object storage station 36.

工位温控单元81也可以分为多个独立地工位3温控组件801,分别独立地设于各个工位3的底部,或者多个工位3中任意几个工位3的底部。The station temperature control unit 81 can also be divided into a plurality of independent station 3 temperature control components 801, which are respectively and independently arranged at the bottom of each station 3 or the bottom of any of the plurality of stations 3.

请参阅图10a,图10a为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元的剖视图。可选地,挤出温控单元84包括第二温控组件841和第二隔热外层842,第二温控组件841包括由内至外依次设置的第二吸热端8411、第二控温件8413和第二散热端8412,第二吸热端8411为筒状,具有供打印针头231穿过的第一通孔8421,第二控温件8413为筒状,并套设在第二吸热端8411外,第二散热端8412为筒状,并套设在第二控温件8413外。在第二散热端8412内设有第二通道8416,第二通道8416上设有第二进液口8414和第二出液口8415。Please refer to FIG. 10a, which is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the extrusion temperature control unit 84 includes a second temperature control component 841 and a second heat insulation outer layer 842, and the second temperature control component 841 includes a second heat absorption end 8411 and a second control device arranged sequentially from the inside to the outside. The temperature element 8413 and the second heat dissipation end 8412. The second heat absorption end 8411 is cylindrical and has a first through hole 8421 for the printing needle 231 to pass through. The second temperature control element 8413 is cylindrical and is sleeved on the second Outside the heat-absorbing end 8411, the second heat-dissipating end 8412 has a cylindrical shape and is sleeved outside the second temperature control element 8413. A second channel 8416 is provided in the second heat dissipation end 8412, and a second liquid inlet 8414 and a second liquid outlet 8415 are provided on the second channel 8416.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于第一通孔8421的内表面上。第二隔热外层842套设在第二温 控组件841外。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided on the inner surface of the first through hole 8421. The second heat insulation outer layer 842 is sleeved outside the second temperature control component 841.

请参阅图10b,图10b为本实施例提供的第二隔热外层的结构示意图。第二隔热外层842上设有供打印针头231穿过的第二通孔8422、供第二进液口8414穿过的第三通孔8423和供第二出液口8415穿过的第四通孔8424。Please refer to FIG. 10b. FIG. 10b is a schematic structural diagram of the second heat insulation outer layer provided by this embodiment. The second insulating outer layer 842 is provided with a second through hole 8422 through which the printing needle 231 passes, a third through hole 8423 through which the second liquid inlet 8414 passes, and a second through hole 8415 through which the second liquid outlet 8415 passes. Four through holes 8424.

其中,第三通孔8423的轴线和第四通孔8424的轴线成平行设置,且第三通孔8423的轴线与第二通孔8422的轴线成垂直设置。第二隔热外层842的截面为“T”字形。第二隔热外层842的外表面为圆弧形。The axis of the third through hole 8423 and the axis of the fourth through hole 8424 are arranged in parallel, and the axis of the third through hole 8423 and the axis of the second through hole 8422 are arranged perpendicularly. The cross section of the second insulating outer layer 842 has a "T" shape. The outer surface of the second insulating outer layer 842 is arc-shaped.

请参阅图10c,图10c为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元和打印针头的剖视图。打印针头231依次穿过第二通孔8422和第一通孔8421与挤出温控单元84形成固定。Please refer to FIG. 10c, which is a cross-sectional view of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided in this embodiment. The printing needle 231 sequentially passes through the second through hole 8422 and the first through hole 8421 to form a fixation with the extrusion temperature control unit 84.

请参阅图10d,图10d为本实施例提供的挤出温控单元和打印针头的结构示意图。第二进液口8414穿过第三通孔8423,且第二出液口8415穿过的第四通孔8424,使得第二隔热外层842套设在第二温控组件841外。Please refer to FIG. 10d. FIG. 10d is a structural diagram of the extrusion temperature control unit and the printing needle provided in this embodiment. The second liquid inlet 8414 passes through the third through hole 8423, and the second liquid outlet 8415 passes through the fourth through hole 8424, so that the second heat insulation outer layer 842 is sleeved outside the second temperature control component 841.

存储温控单元82包括供料温控器821和供液温控器823:供料温控器821设于打印材料输送组件72处(请参阅图4),并构造成对打印材料进行控温;供液温控器823设于处理液输送组件71处(请参阅图4),并构造成对处理液进行控温。The storage temperature control unit 82 includes a material supply temperature controller 821 and a liquid supply temperature controller 823: the material supply temperature controller 821 is located at the printing material conveying assembly 72 (refer to FIG. 4) and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material ; The liquid supply temperature controller 823 is provided at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 (see FIG. 4) and is configured to control the temperature of the processing liquid.

请参阅图11a,图11a为本实施例提供的第一存储器的俯视图。可选地,第一存储器711通过传输管702与打印针头231、预处理喷头21或者后处理喷头22相连,第一存储器711构造成储存处理液并将处理液输送到打印针头231、预处理工位32或者后处理工位34。第一存储器711包括第一底板7114和设置在第一底板7114上的第一针筒管7111。第一针筒管7111设有两个,一个第一针筒管7111通过传输管702与后处理喷头22相连,另一个第一针筒管7111通过传输管702与预处理喷头21相连。Please refer to FIG. 11a, which is a top view of the first memory provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the first storage 711 is connected to the printing needle 231, the pre-processing nozzle 21 or the post-processing nozzle 22 through the transmission tube 702, and the first storage 711 is configured to store the treatment liquid and transport the treatment liquid to the printing needle 231 and the pretreatment worker. Bit 32 or post-processing station 34. The first storage 711 includes a first bottom plate 7114 and a first syringe tube 7111 provided on the first bottom plate 7114. There are two first syringe tubes 7111, one first syringe tube 7111 is connected to the post-treatment spray head 22 through the transfer tube 702, and the other first syringe tube 7111 is connected to the pretreatment spray head 21 through the transfer tube 702.

请参阅图11b,图11b为本实施例提供的供液温控器和第一存储器的剖视图。可选地,第四温控组件824包括由上至下依次设置的第四吸热端8241、第四控温件8243和第四散热端8242,在第四散热端8242内设有第四通道8246,第四通道8246上设有第四进液口8244和第四出液口8245。Please refer to FIG. 11b. FIG. 11b is a cross-sectional view of the liquid supply temperature controller and the first storage provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the fourth temperature control component 824 includes a fourth heat absorption end 8241, a fourth temperature control element 8243, and a fourth heat dissipation end 8242 that are sequentially arranged from top to bottom, and a fourth channel is provided in the fourth heat dissipation end 8242 8246, the fourth channel 8246 is provided with a fourth liquid inlet 8244 and a fourth liquid outlet 8245.

第一底板7114上设有第一安装孔,第四温控组件824穿设在第一安装孔内,并使第四吸热端8241与第一针筒管7111直接接触。The first bottom plate 7114 is provided with a first mounting hole, and the fourth temperature control component 824 is inserted into the first mounting hole, and the fourth heat-absorbing end 8241 is in direct contact with the first syringe tube 7111.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于第四吸热端8241和第一针筒管7111之间。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the fourth heat absorbing end 8241 and the first syringe tube 7111.

请参阅图11c,图11c为本实施例提供的供液温控器的仰视图。第四进液口8244和第四出液口8245均设于第四散热端8242的底面上。Please refer to FIG. 11c, which is a bottom view of the liquid supply temperature controller provided in this embodiment. The fourth liquid inlet 8244 and the fourth liquid outlet 8245 are both provided on the bottom surface of the fourth heat dissipation end 8242.

请参阅图12a,第二存储器721为本实施例提供的第二存储器721的俯视图。可选地,第二存储器721通过传输管702与打印针头231相连,第二存储器721构造成储存打印材料并将打印材料输送到打印工位33。第二存储器721包括第二底板7214和设置在第二底板7214上的第二针筒管7211。第二针筒管7211设有两个,且均通过传输管702与打印针头231相连。Referring to FIG. 12a, the second memory 721 is a top view of the second memory 721 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the second storage 721 is connected to the printing needle 231 through the transmission tube 702, and the second storage 721 is configured to store printing materials and transport the printing materials to the printing station 33. The second storage 721 includes a second bottom plate 7214 and a second syringe tube 7211 arranged on the second bottom plate 7214. There are two second syringe tubes 7211, and both are connected to the printing needle 231 through the transmission tube 702.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于第二针筒管7211和传输管702之间的连接处,或者设于与第二针筒管7211上连接的传输管702上。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided at the connection between the second syringe tube 7211 and the transmission tube 702, or is provided on the transmission tube 702 connected to the second syringe tube 7211.

请参阅图12b,图12b为本实施例提供的供料温控器和第二存储器的剖视图。可选地,供料温控器821包括第三温控组件822,第三温控组件822包括由上至下依次设置的第三吸热端8221、第三控温件8223和第三散热端8222,在第三散热端8222内设有第三通道8226,第三通道8226上设有第三进液口8224和第三出液口8225。Please refer to FIG. 12b. FIG. 12b is a cross-sectional view of the feeding temperature controller and the second storage provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the feeding temperature controller 821 includes a third temperature control component 822, and the third temperature control component 822 includes a third heat absorption end 8221, a third temperature control element 8223, and a third heat dissipation end arranged in order from top to bottom. 8222, a third channel 8226 is provided in the third heat dissipation end 8222, and a third liquid inlet 8224 and a third liquid outlet 8225 are provided on the third channel 8226.

第二底板7214上设有第二安装孔,第三温控组件822穿设在第二安装孔内,并使第三吸热端8221与第二针筒管7211直接接触。The second bottom plate 7214 is provided with a second mounting hole, and the third temperature control component 822 is inserted into the second mounting hole, and the third heat-absorbing end 8221 is in direct contact with the second syringe tube 7211.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于第三吸热端8221和第二针筒管7211之间。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the third heat-absorbing end 8221 and the second syringe tube 7211.

请参阅图12c,图12c为本实施例提供的供料温控器的仰视图。第三进液口8224和第三出液口8225均设于第三散热端8222的底面上。Please refer to FIG. 12c. FIG. 12c is a bottom view of the feeding temperature controller provided in this embodiment. The third liquid inlet 8224 and the third liquid outlet 8225 are both provided on the bottom surface of the third heat dissipation end 8222.

可选地,请参照图13a,制冷液循环回路由制冷液管861将制冷液散热装置862和各个液冷温控单元80相连形成。Optionally, referring to FIG. 13a, the refrigerant liquid circulation circuit is formed by connecting the refrigerant liquid heat sink 862 and each liquid cooling temperature control unit 80 by a refrigerant liquid pipe 861.

制冷液散热装置862包括制冷液储存箱863、换热器864和冷液泵865,制冷液储存箱863设于机 箱1内,且构造成储存制冷液;换热器864与制冷液储存箱863相连,且构造成对制冷液进行降温;冷液泵865设于制冷液储存箱863与换热器864之间,冷液泵865构造成将制冷液储存箱863内的制冷液输送到换热器864中。The cooling liquid heat dissipation device 862 includes a cooling liquid storage tank 863, a heat exchanger 864 and a cooling liquid pump 865. The cooling liquid storage tank 863 is arranged in the case 1 and is configured to store the cooling liquid; the heat exchanger 864 and the cooling liquid storage tank 863 The cold liquid pump 865 is arranged between the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 and the heat exchanger 864, and the cold liquid pump 865 is configured to transport the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 to the heat exchange器864中.

制冷液循环回路包括两个:第一,制冷液储存箱863的制冷液在冷液泵865的作用下流出,至换热器864,再流至供料温控器821,接着流至供液温控器823、再接着流至工位温控单元81,最后流回制冷液储存箱863内,形成一个制冷液循环回路;第二,制冷液储存箱863的制冷液在冷液泵865的作用下流出,至挤出温控单元84,最后流回制冷液储存箱863内,形成一个制冷液循环回路。制冷液可以是水或防冻冷却液。The refrigerating liquid circulation circuit includes two: First, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank 863 flows out under the action of the cold liquid pump 865, to the heat exchanger 864, then to the feed thermostat 821, and then to the liquid supply The thermostat 823 then flows to the station temperature control unit 81, and finally flows back to the refrigerant storage tank 863 to form a refrigerant circulation loop; second, the refrigerant in the refrigerant storage tank 863 is in the refrigerant pump 865 Under the action, it flows out to the extrusion temperature control unit 84, and finally flows back into the refrigerating liquid storage tank 863 to form a refrigerating liquid circulation loop. The cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.

请参阅图13b,图13b为本实施例提供的制冷液储存箱和冷液泵的结构示意图。可选地,制冷液储存箱863上设有两个第五进液口8631和分别与两个第五进液口8631相对应的两个第五出液口8632。冷液泵865相应地设有两个,设于同一制冷液储存箱863的下方,分别控制两个独立的制冷液循环回路。制冷液可以是水或防冻冷却液。Please refer to FIG. 13b, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the refrigerant storage tank and the refrigerant pump provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the refrigerant liquid storage tank 863 is provided with two fifth liquid inlets 8631 and two fifth liquid outlets 8632 corresponding to the two fifth liquid inlets 8631 respectively. Correspondingly, there are two cold liquid pumps 865, which are arranged under the same refrigerant storage tank 863, and respectively control two independent refrigerant circulation circuits. The cooling fluid can be water or antifreeze cooling fluid.

请参阅图13c,图13c为本实施例提供的换热器的结构示意图。可选地,换热器864包括第二风扇8641和设于第二风扇8641上的第六进液口8642和第六出液口8643。Please refer to Fig. 13c, which is a schematic structural diagram of the heat exchanger provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the heat exchanger 864 includes a second fan 8641 and a sixth liquid inlet 8642 and a sixth liquid outlet 8643 provided on the second fan 8641.

本实施例通过增设工位温控单元81、存储温控单元82和挤出温控单元84分别对工位3、物料输送模块7或者打印喷头23进行控温,并通过增设传输温控单元83对传输管702进行控温,从而可以对机箱1内的多个部件根据各自功用的需要分别对其进行加热和降温的处理,达到精确控温的效果,进而可以适应打印材料例如水凝胶的温敏特性,以控制其凝胶化过程,提高打印物件的质量。In this embodiment, by adding a station temperature control unit 81, a storage temperature control unit 82, and an extrusion temperature control unit 84 to respectively control the temperature of the station 3, the material conveying module 7 or the printing nozzle 23, and by adding a transmission temperature control unit 83 The temperature of the transfer tube 702 can be controlled, so that the multiple components in the chassis 1 can be heated and cooled according to their respective functions, so as to achieve the effect of precise temperature control, which can be adapted to printing materials such as hydrogel. Temperature-sensitive characteristics to control the gelation process and improve the quality of printed objects.

存储温控单元82可以对打印材料和处理液进行温度控制,使其物理性质处于最佳状态。传输温控单元83可以针对性地对传输管702中的打印材料进行控温,使得打印材料转变为流动性更好的形态,从而便于运输。挤出温控单元84可以使得传输管702中的打印材料固化而更易于打印成型。The storage temperature control unit 82 can control the temperature of the printing material and the processing liquid to make their physical properties in the best state. The transmission temperature control unit 83 can control the temperature of the printing material in the transmission tube 702 in a targeted manner, so that the printing material is transformed into a more fluid form, thereby facilitating transportation. The extrusion temperature control unit 84 can make the printing material in the transfer tube 702 solidify, making it easier to print and shape.

请参阅图14a,图14a为本实施例提供的输送组件70的结构示意图。可选地,单个输送组件70包括存储器701、传输管702和挤压装置703,存储器701包括针筒管7011和设置在针筒管7011内的活塞推杆7012,构造成存放打印材料或者处理液;传输管702构造成将存储器701与输送喷头2连接在一起;挤压装置703与活塞推杆7012相连,并构造成推动活塞推杆7012。单个输送组件70中,存储器701至少设有一个。存储温控单元82(请参阅图6)设于存储器701处。Please refer to FIG. 14a. FIG. 14a is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the single delivery assembly 70 includes a storage 701, a transfer tube 702, and a squeezing device 703. The storage 701 includes a syringe tube 7011 and a piston push rod 7012 arranged in the syringe tube 7011, configured to store printing materials or processing liquids. The transfer pipe 702 is configured to connect the storage 701 and the delivery nozzle 2 together; the squeezing device 703 is connected to the piston push rod 7012 and is configured to push the piston push rod 7012. In a single conveying assembly 70, at least one storage 701 is provided. The storage temperature control unit 82 (see FIG. 6) is provided at the memory 701.

可选地,单个输送组件70中,存储器701设有两个。打印材料输送组件72中两个存储器701构造成存放打印材料,并通过传输管702与打印喷头23相连。处理液输送组件71中两个存储器701分别构造成存放预处理液和后处理液,并通过传输管702分别与预处理喷头21和后处理喷头22相连。可选地,处理液输送组件71至少设有一个,可以设有多个。Optionally, in a single conveying assembly 70, two storages 701 are provided. The two storages 701 in the printing material conveying assembly 72 are configured to store printing materials, and are connected to the printing nozzle 23 through a transmission tube 702. The two storages 701 in the treatment liquid delivery assembly 71 are respectively configured to store the pretreatment liquid and the post treatment liquid, and are respectively connected to the pretreatment nozzle 21 and the post treatment nozzle 22 through the transmission pipe 702. Optionally, at least one treatment liquid delivery assembly 71 is provided, and more than one may be provided.

输送组件70包括第一托盘705,第一托盘705设置在机箱1上。挤压装置703包括驱动电机7031、螺杆7032和推台7033,驱动电机7031设置在第一托盘705上,螺杆7032与驱动电机7031传动连接,推台7033能滑动地连接在螺杆7032上,并与活塞推杆7012相连。输送组件70包括力传感器706,力传感器706上设于存储器701上,构造成检测挤压装置703对存储器701的作用力。可选地,驱动电机7031可以是伺服电机或步进电机。可选地,挤压装置703可以是气缸驱动。The conveying assembly 70 includes a first tray 705 which is arranged on the chassis 1. The extrusion device 703 includes a driving motor 7031, a screw 7032, and a pushing table 7033. The driving motor 7031 is arranged on the first tray 705. The screw 7032 is in transmission connection with the driving motor 7031. The pushing table 7033 is slidably connected to the screw 7032 and The piston push rod 7012 is connected. The conveying assembly 70 includes a force sensor 706 which is provided on the storage 701 and is configured to detect the force of the pressing device 703 on the storage 701. Optionally, the driving motor 7031 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor. Alternatively, the squeezing device 703 may be driven by an air cylinder.

可选地,主控模块9的微控制单元94可以通过辅助信号采集器收集力传感器706检测的信息,并做进一步分析处理。力传感器706构造成检测挤压装置703对存储器701的作用力,即力传感器706对存储器701在第一托盘705上受推台7033运动方向的力进行传感。当存储器701未安装在第一托盘705上时,力传感器706通过辅助信号采集器将信息传达至所示主控模块9的微控制单元94,使得主控模块9通过人机交互界面91告知操作者存储器701并未成功安装。Optionally, the micro-control unit 94 of the main control module 9 can collect the information detected by the force sensor 706 through an auxiliary signal collector, and perform further analysis and processing. The force sensor 706 is configured to detect the force of the pressing device 703 on the memory 701, that is, the force sensor 706 senses the force of the memory 701 in the direction of movement of the pushing table 7033 on the first tray 705. When the memory 701 is not installed on the first tray 705, the force sensor 706 transmits information to the micro-control unit 94 of the main control module 9 through the auxiliary signal collector, so that the main control module 9 informs the operation through the human-computer interaction interface 91 The memory 701 was not successfully installed.

当存储器701安装在第一托盘705上时,且推台7033开始将存储器701中的材料挤出时,可以通过对存储器701受到的力的大小进行判断存储器701中的气泡是否排出完毕,并在材料被挤出后,可以通过存储器701受到的力的大小进行判断存储器701中的材料是否挤出完毕,并将力传感器706检测的信息通过辅助信号采集器传达至主控模块9的微控制单元94,使主控模块9通过人机交互界面91对需要采取的措施进行判断(请参阅图1)。When the storage 701 is installed on the first tray 705, and the pushing table 7033 starts to extrude the material in the storage 701, it can be judged whether the bubbles in the storage 701 have been discharged by the magnitude of the force received by the storage 701, and After the material is extruded, it can be judged whether the material in the memory 701 has been extruded by the magnitude of the force received by the memory 701, and the information detected by the force sensor 706 is transmitted to the micro-control unit of the main control module 9 through the auxiliary signal collector 94. Enable the main control module 9 to judge the measures that need to be taken through the human-computer interaction interface 91 (see FIG. 1).

请参阅图14b,图14b为本实施例提供的输送组件70的结构示意图。可选地,单个输送组件70还 包括导轨704,导轨704设置在机箱1上,且第一托盘705通过导轨704能滑动地设置在机箱1上。Please refer to FIG. 14b, which is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the single conveying assembly 70 further includes a guide rail 704, the guide rail 704 is arranged on the chassis 1, and the first tray 705 is slidably arranged on the chassis 1 through the guide rail 704.

请参阅图14c,图14c为本实施例提供的输送组件70的结构示意图。可选地,单个输送组件70包括存储器701、传输管702和挤压装置703、第一托盘705、力传感器706,存储器701包括储液袋7013,存储器701构造成存放打印材料或者处理液。挤压装置703包括设置在第一托盘705上的蠕动泵7034,传输管702穿过蠕动泵7034后与储液袋7013相连。存储温控单元82(请参阅图6)设于存储器701处。Please refer to FIG. 14c, which is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, a single conveying assembly 70 includes a storage 701, a transmission tube 702 and a pressing device 703, a first tray 705, and a force sensor 706. The storage 701 includes a liquid storage bag 7013, and the storage 701 is configured to store printing materials or processing liquid. The squeezing device 703 includes a peristaltic pump 7034 arranged on the first tray 705, and the transfer tube 702 is connected to the storage bag 7013 after passing through the peristaltic pump 7034. The storage temperature control unit 82 (see FIG. 6) is provided at the memory 701.

请参阅图14d,图14d为本实施例提供的输送组件70的结构示意图。可选地,单个输送组件70还包括导轨704,导轨704设置在机箱1上,且第一托盘705通过导轨704能滑动地设置在机箱1上。Please refer to FIG. 14d, which is a schematic structural diagram of the conveying assembly 70 provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the single conveying assembly 70 further includes a guide rail 704, the guide rail 704 is arranged on the chassis 1, and the first tray 705 is slidably arranged on the chassis 1 through the guide rail 704.

请参阅图15a,图15a为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件71的俯视图。在图14b实施例的基础上,处理液输送组件71包括相应的第一存储器711、第一挤压装置713、第一导轨714、第三托盘715和第一力传感器716,第一存储器711包括相应的第一针筒管7111和第一活塞推杆7112。供液温控器823设于处理液输送组件71处,其中,供液温控器823的温度传感器85可以设于第一存储器711和第三托盘715之间。Please refer to FIG. 15a. FIG. 15a is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided by this embodiment. On the basis of the embodiment in FIG. 14b, the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 includes a corresponding first storage 711, a first squeezing device 713, a first guide rail 714, a third tray 715, and a first force sensor 716. The first storage 711 includes The corresponding first syringe tube 7111 and the first piston push rod 7112. The liquid supply thermostat 823 is arranged at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, wherein the temperature sensor 85 of the liquid supply thermostat 823 can be arranged between the first storage 711 and the third tray 715.

请参阅图15b,图15b为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件71的仰视图。第一挤压装置713包括相应的第一驱动电机7131、第一螺杆7132和第一推台7133。第一驱动电机7131与第一螺杆7132传动连接,第一推台7133设于第一螺杆7132上并能随第一螺杆7132的转动而沿第一螺杆7132的轴线方向移动。第一活塞推杆7112与第一推台7133相连并能随之移动,使得第一针筒管7111内的处理液被挤压至传输管702。Please refer to FIG. 15b. FIG. 15b is a bottom view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided in this embodiment. The first pressing device 713 includes a corresponding first driving motor 7131, a first screw 7132 and a first pushing table 7133. The first driving motor 7131 is in transmission connection with the first screw 7132. The first pushing table 7133 is provided on the first screw 7132 and can move along the axis of the first screw 7132 with the rotation of the first screw 7132. The first piston push rod 7112 is connected to the first push table 7133 and can move accordingly, so that the processing liquid in the first syringe tube 7111 is squeezed to the transfer tube 702.

请参阅图15c,图15c为本实施例提供的处理液输送组件71的俯视图。在图14d实施例的基础上,处理液输送组件71包括相应的第一存储器711、第一挤压装置713、第一导轨714、第三托盘715和第一力传感器716,第一存储器711包括相应的第一储液袋7113。第一挤压装置713包括相应的第一蠕动泵7134。其中,供液温控器823设于处理液输送组件71处,温度传感器85设于第一存储器711和第三托盘715之间。Please refer to FIG. 15c, which is a top view of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 provided by this embodiment. On the basis of the embodiment of FIG. 14d, the processing liquid delivery assembly 71 includes a corresponding first storage 711, a first squeezing device 713, a first guide rail 714, a third tray 715, and a first force sensor 716. The first storage 711 includes The corresponding first liquid storage bag 7113. The first squeezing device 713 includes a corresponding first peristaltic pump 7134. Wherein, the liquid supply temperature controller 823 is provided at the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, and the temperature sensor 85 is provided between the first storage 711 and the third tray 715.

请参阅图16a,图16a为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件72的俯视图。在图14a实施例的基础上,打印材料输送组件72包括相应的第二存储器721、第二挤压装置723、第四托盘725和第二力传感器726,第二存储器721包括相应的第二针筒管7211和第二活塞推杆7212。Please refer to FIG. 16a. FIG. 16a is a top view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment. On the basis of the embodiment of FIG. 14a, the printing material conveying assembly 72 includes a corresponding second storage 721, a second pressing device 723, a fourth tray 725 and a second force sensor 726, and the second storage 721 includes a corresponding second needle The bobbin 7211 and the second piston push rod 7212.

可选地,供料温控器821设于打印材料输送组件72处,供料温控器821的温度传感器85可以设于第二存储器721和第四托盘725之间。Optionally, the supply temperature controller 821 is provided at the printing material conveying assembly 72, and the temperature sensor 85 of the supply temperature controller 821 may be provided between the second storage 721 and the fourth tray 725.

可选地,传输温控单元83设于与第二存储器721连接的传输管702上和/或设于第二存储器721和传输管702的连接处,传输温控单元83的温度传感器85可以设于与第二存储器721连接的传输管702上或者第二存储器721和传输管702的连接处。Optionally, the transmission temperature control unit 83 is provided on the transmission tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 and/or at the junction of the second storage 721 and the transmission tube 702, and the temperature sensor 85 of the transmission temperature control unit 83 can be provided On the transmission tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 or at the connection between the second storage 721 and the transmission tube 702.

请参阅图16b,图16b为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件72的仰视图。第二挤压装置723包括相应的第二驱动电机7231(请参阅图16c)、第二螺杆7232和第二推台7233。第二驱动电机7231与第二螺杆7232传动连接,第二推台7233设于第二螺杆7232上并能随第二螺杆7232的转动而沿第二螺杆7232的轴线方向移动。第二活塞推杆7212与第二推台7233相连并能随之移动,使得第二针筒管7211内的打印材料被挤压至传输管702。Please refer to FIG. 16b. FIG. 16b is a bottom view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided in this embodiment. The second pressing device 723 includes a corresponding second driving motor 7231 (see FIG. 16c), a second screw 7232, and a second pushing table 7233. The second driving motor 7231 is in transmission connection with the second screw 7232, and the second pushing table 7233 is provided on the second screw 7232 and can move along the axis direction of the second screw 7232 with the rotation of the second screw 7232. The second piston push rod 7212 is connected to the second push table 7233 and can move accordingly, so that the printing material in the second syringe tube 7211 is squeezed to the transfer tube 702.

请参阅图16c,图16c为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件72的剖视图。第二挤压装置723还包括第四滑轮7234和第四皮带7235,第四滑轮7234和第四皮带7235将第二驱动电机7231和第二螺杆7232传动连接在一起,即第二驱动电机7231通过带传动与第二螺杆7232传动连接。可选地,第二驱动电机7231可以是伺服电机或步进电机。Please refer to FIG. 16c. FIG. 16c is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment. The second squeezing device 723 also includes a fourth pulley 7234 and a fourth belt 7235. The fourth pulley 7234 and the fourth belt 7235 connect the second driving motor 7231 and the second screw 7232 together, that is, the second driving motor 7231 passes The belt drive is in drive connection with the second screw 7232. Optionally, the second driving motor 7231 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.

请参阅图16d,图16d为本实施例提供的打印材料输送组件72的剖视图。在图14c实施例的基础上,打印材料输送组件72包括相应的第二存储器721、第二挤压装置723、第四托盘725和第二力传感器726,第二存储器721包括相应的第二储液袋7213,第二挤压装置723包括相应的第二蠕动泵7236。Please refer to FIG. 16d. FIG. 16d is a cross-sectional view of the printing material conveying assembly 72 provided by this embodiment. On the basis of the embodiment in FIG. 14c, the printing material delivery assembly 72 includes a corresponding second storage 721, a second pressing device 723, a fourth tray 725, and a second force sensor 726, and the second storage 721 includes a corresponding second storage. The liquid bag 7213 and the second squeezing device 723 include a corresponding second peristaltic pump 7236.

可选地,其中一个温度传感器85设于第二存储器721和第四托盘725之间。其中一个温度传感器85设于与第二存储器721连接的传输管702上或者第二存储器721和传输管702的连接处。Optionally, one of the temperature sensors 85 is provided between the second storage 721 and the fourth tray 725. One of the temperature sensors 85 is provided on the transfer tube 702 connected to the second storage 721 or at the junction of the second storage 721 and the transfer tube 702.

请参阅图17a,图17a为本实施例提供的工位3和成型工位温控器811的剖视图。储存工位31上设有存储筒311,打印器皿30可以层层叠加形成打印器皿30组,打印器皿30组可以放置在存储筒311内, 并能被工位切换模块5(请参阅图2)逐个提取。Please refer to FIG. 17a. FIG. 17a is a cross-sectional view of the station 3 and the forming station temperature controller 811 provided in this embodiment. The storage station 31 is provided with a storage cylinder 311. The printing vessels 30 can be stacked layer by layer to form 30 groups of printing vessels. The 30 groups of printing vessels can be placed in the storage cylinder 311 and can be used by the station switching module 5 (see Figure 2) Extract one by one.

可选地,存储筒311的开口端上设有卡扣312,卡扣312能与打印器皿30相抵,防止打印器皿30从存储筒311脱出,卡扣312能与工位切换模块5(请参阅图1)相配,并被推开,使得打印器皿30被工位切换模块5从存储筒311逐个提取出来。可选地,卡扣312的截面为“L”形。Optionally, a buckle 312 is provided on the open end of the storage cylinder 311, and the buckle 312 can abut the printing vessel 30 to prevent the printing vessel 30 from coming out of the storage cylinder 311. The buckle 312 can be connected to the station switching module 5 (see Figure 1) matches and is pushed apart, so that the printing vessels 30 are taken out from the storage cylinder 311 by the station switching module 5 one by one. Optionally, the cross section of the buckle 312 is "L" shaped.

存储筒311还包括第五托盘313,打印器皿30可以层层叠加组成的打印器皿30组设置在第五托盘313上。存储筒311还包括弹簧314,弹簧314的一端连接在存储筒311的内底面上,弹簧314的另一端连接在第五托盘313的底面上。The storage cylinder 311 further includes a fifth tray 313, and the printing vessels 30 can be arranged on the fifth tray 313 in a group of printing vessels 30 formed by layering. The storage cylinder 311 further includes a spring 314, one end of the spring 314 is connected to the inner bottom surface of the storage cylinder 311, and the other end of the spring 314 is connected to the bottom surface of the fifth tray 313.

打印工位33上开设有凹坑37,凹坑37的底部设有成型工位温控器811。预处理工位32、后处理工位34、检测工位35上开设有凹坑37,凹坑37的底部设有成型工位温控器811。凹坑37的内壁与打印器皿30的内壁相配。The printing station 33 is provided with a pit 37, and the bottom of the pit 37 is provided with a forming station temperature controller 811. The pre-processing station 32, the post-processing station 34, and the inspection station 35 are provided with a pit 37, and the bottom of the pit 37 is provided with a forming station temperature controller 811. The inner wall of the pit 37 matches the inner wall of the printing vessel 30.

可选地,多个工位3为具有高导热性的金属材料制成的,例如:铝合金或黄铜。可选地,多个工位3和成型工位温控器811外覆盖有隔热外层802,隔热外层802构造成防止所述各个工位3的温度受到外界的影响发生变化。隔热外层802为具有高隔热性的材料制成的,例如:ABS树脂或者气凝胶。预处理工位32中的凹坑37的底部或者侧面设有第一传感器321,第一传感器321构造成检测是否有打印器皿进入预处理工位。第一传感器321可以是重力传感器或者光学传感器。Optionally, the plurality of stations 3 are made of metal material with high thermal conductivity, such as aluminum alloy or brass. Optionally, the plurality of stations 3 and the forming station thermostat 811 are covered with a heat-insulating outer layer 802, and the heat-insulating outer layer 802 is configured to prevent the temperature of the respective stations 3 from changing due to external influences. The heat-insulating outer layer 802 is made of materials with high heat-insulating properties, such as ABS resin or aerogel. A first sensor 321 is provided on the bottom or side of the pit 37 in the preprocessing station 32, and the first sensor 321 is configured to detect whether a printing vessel enters the preprocessing station. The first sensor 321 may be a gravity sensor or an optical sensor.

预处理喷头21上还设有第一紫外线光源211和预处理液移除管212,第一紫外线光源211构造成发出紫外光并对打印器皿30进行灭菌,预处理液移除管212构造成移除预处理工位32中残余的预处理液。The pretreatment nozzle 21 is also provided with a first ultraviolet light source 211 and a pretreatment liquid removal tube 212. The first ultraviolet light source 211 is configured to emit ultraviolet light and sterilize the printing vessel 30, and the pretreatment liquid removal tube 212 is configured to The remaining pretreatment liquid in the pretreatment station 32 is removed.

后处理喷头22上设有第二紫外线光源221和后处理液移除管222,第二紫外线光源221构造成发出紫外光并对打印器皿30内的打印物件进行光固化,第二紫外线光源221可拆卸地设于预处理工位32上。后处理液移除管222构造成移除后处理工位34中残余的后处理液。The post-processing nozzle 22 is provided with a second ultraviolet light source 221 and a post-processing liquid removal tube 222. The second ultraviolet light source 221 is configured to emit ultraviolet light and photocures the printed object in the printing vessel 30. The second ultraviolet light source 221 can The disassembly site is set on the pretreatment station 32. The post-treatment liquid removal pipe 222 is configured to remove the post-treatment liquid remaining in the post-treatment station 34.

请参阅图17b,图17b为本实施例提供的工位3和成型工位温控器811的剖视图。存储筒311还包括第四驱动电机315,第四驱动电机315上传动连接有第三螺杆316,第三螺杆316上设有能沿其滑动的滑块317,第五托盘313与滑块317固定连接。第四驱动电机315可以是伺服电机或步进电机。Please refer to FIG. 17b. FIG. 17b is a cross-sectional view of the station 3 and the forming station temperature controller 811 provided in this embodiment. The storage cylinder 311 also includes a fourth drive motor 315. The fourth drive motor 315 is connected with a third screw 316 for transmission. The third screw 316 is provided with a sliding block 317 along which the fifth tray 313 is fixed. connection. The fourth driving motor 315 may be a servo motor or a stepping motor.

请参阅图17c,图17c为本实施例提供的槽筒318和打印器皿30的剖视图。可选地,存储筒311还包括槽筒318。打印器皿30叠成的打印器皿30组先放入槽筒318中,再放入存储筒311。槽筒318上设有槽筒盖3181,槽筒盖3181构造成密封槽筒318。Please refer to FIG. 17c. FIG. 17c is a cross-sectional view of the trough 318 and the printing vessel 30 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the storage barrel 311 further includes a trough barrel 318. The stack of printing vessels 30 formed by the printing vessels 30 is put into the trough cylinder 318 and then into the storage cylinder 311. The grooved cylinder 318 is provided with a grooved cylinder cover 3181, and the grooved cylinder cover 3181 is configured to seal the grooved cylinder 318.

请参阅图18a,图18a为本实施例提供的喷头移动模块6的仰视图。可选地,喷头移动模块6包括打印平台61、XY方向运动系统62和Z方向运动系统63,打印平台61设置在机箱1内,且设于打印工位33的一侧;XY方向运动系统62与打印喷头23相连,并设置打印平台61上,XY方向运动系统62构造成使打印喷头23沿X方向或者Y方向运动;Z方向运动系统63与打印平台61相连,Z方向运动系统63构造成使打印平台61沿Z方向运动;其中,X方向、Y方向与Z方向相互垂直。Please refer to FIG. 18a. FIG. 18a is a bottom view of the nozzle moving module 6 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the nozzle moving module 6 includes a printing platform 61, an XY-direction movement system 62 and a Z-direction movement system 63. The printing platform 61 is arranged in the chassis 1 and on one side of the printing station 33; the XY-direction movement system 62 Connected to the print head 23 and set on the printing platform 61, the XY direction motion system 62 is configured to move the print head 23 in the X direction or the Y direction; the Z direction motion system 63 is connected to the print platform 61, and the Z direction motion system 63 is configured to The printing platform 61 is moved along the Z direction; wherein the X direction, the Y direction and the Z direction are perpendicular to each other.

喷头移动模块6包括防尘罩633,防尘罩633与打印平台61相连并能随打印喷头23移动,防尘罩633构造成遮挡打印喷头23。可选地,防尘罩633可以是具有伸缩性的风琴式防尘罩,也可以是由三个带孔的盘组成的防护罩,从而可以防止污染物溢出,可以防止污染打印区域。The nozzle moving module 6 includes a dust cover 633 which is connected to the printing platform 61 and can move with the print nozzle 23. The dust cover 633 is configured to cover the print nozzle 23. Optionally, the dust cover 633 may be a flexible organ-type dust cover, or a protective cover composed of three discs with holes, so as to prevent contamination from overflowing and to prevent contamination of the printing area.

可选地,防尘罩633为包括三个带孔的盘,三个带孔的盘分别为第一圆盘、第二圆盘和第三圆盘,第二圆盘连接并罩设在打印平台61上,第一圆盘和第三圆盘分别位于第二圆盘的上下两侧。其中,第二圆盘上具有第二通孔,第二通孔作为打印喷头23移动的空间,第一圆盘和第三圆盘上分别具有第一通孔和第三通孔,第一通孔和第三通孔供打印喷头23穿过,并与打印喷头23相连,使得第一圆盘和第三圆盘能随打印喷头23移动,并在第一圆盘和第三圆盘移动过程中,第一圆盘和第三圆盘使得第二通孔一直处于封闭状态。Optionally, the dust cover 633 includes three discs with holes. The three discs with holes are the first disc, the second disc, and the third disc. The second disc is connected to and covers the printing plate. On the platform 61, the first disc and the third disc are respectively located on the upper and lower sides of the second disc. Among them, the second disc has a second through hole, the second through hole is used as a space for the print head 23 to move, the first disc and the third disc have a first through hole and a third through hole, and the first through hole The hole and the third through hole allow the print nozzle 23 to pass through and are connected to the print nozzle 23, so that the first disk and the third disk can move with the print nozzle 23 and move during the movement process of the first disk and the third disk. In the first disk and the third disk, the second through hole is always in a closed state.

可选地,XY方向运动系统62包括X方向导轨621和Y方向导轨622、滑轮组623、第一皮带624、第五驱动电机626和第六驱动电机627。滑轮组623包括多个滑轮,滑轮设于打印平台61上,并能绕自身轴线方向旋转;第一皮带624设于滑轮组623上,且与打印喷头23连接;Y方向导轨622沿Y方向设于打印平台61;X方向导轨621沿X方向设于打印平台61,且X方向导轨621能滑移地设置在Y方向导轨622上;打印喷头23能滑移地设置在X方向导轨621上;第五驱动电机626与滑轮组623中一个滑轮传动连接第五驱动电机626,构造成驱使打印喷头23沿X方向和Y方向移动;第六驱动电机627 与滑轮组623中一个滑轮传动连接,第六驱动电机627构造成驱使打印喷头23沿X方向和Y方向移动。Optionally, the XY-direction movement system 62 includes an X-direction guide rail 621 and a Y-direction guide rail 622, a pulley block 623, a first belt 624, a fifth drive motor 626, and a sixth drive motor 627. The pulley block 623 includes a plurality of pulleys. The pulleys are arranged on the printing platform 61 and can rotate around its own axis; the first belt 624 is arranged on the pulley block 623 and is connected with the printing nozzle 23; the Y-direction guide rail 622 is arranged along the Y direction in the printing Platform 61; X-direction guide rail 621 is arranged on printing platform 61 along X-direction, and X-direction guide rail 621 is slidably arranged on Y-direction guide 622; printing nozzle 23 is slidably arranged on X-direction guide 621; fifth The driving motor 626 is connected to a fifth driving motor 626 in the transmission of a pulley in the pulley block 623, and is configured to drive the print head 23 to move in the X direction and the Y direction; the sixth driving motor 627 is drivingly connected to one pulley in the pulley block 623, and the sixth driving motor 627 It is configured to drive the print head 23 to move in the X direction and the Y direction.

其中,滑轮组623中的滑轮构造成拉伸和调整第一皮带624的方向,可根据需要增加或删减滑轮组623中滑轮的个数。Among them, the pulleys in the pulley set 623 are configured to stretch and adjust the direction of the first belt 624, and the number of pulleys in the pulley set 623 can be increased or deleted as needed.

故XY方向运动系统62的工作原理是CoreXY的工作原理,从而可以将第五驱动电机626和第六驱动电机627的运转转换成打印喷头23沿X方向和Y方向的运动。Therefore, the working principle of the XY direction movement system 62 is the working principle of CoreXY, so that the operation of the fifth drive motor 626 and the sixth drive motor 627 can be converted into the movement of the print nozzle 23 in the X direction and the Y direction.

主控模块9通过第五驱动电机626令滑轮带动第一皮带624运转ΔA的距离;主控模块9通过第六驱动电机627令滑轮带动第一皮带624运转ΔB的距离;主控模块9可以通过公式Δx=(ΔA+ΔB)/2和公式Δy=(ΔA-ΔB)/2对第五驱动电机626和第六驱动电机627进行精确控制以实现打印喷头23在x轴方向和y轴方向的精确运动。上述公式中Δx为打印喷头23在x轴方向的运动距离;公式中Δy为打印喷头23在y轴方向的运动距离。The main control module 9 uses the fifth drive motor 626 to make the pulley drive the first belt 624 to run for a distance of ΔA; the main control module 9 uses the sixth drive motor 627 to make the pulley drive the first belt 624 to run for a distance of ΔB; the main control module 9 can pass The formula Δx=(ΔA+ΔB)/2 and the formula Δy=(ΔA-ΔB)/2 precisely control the fifth drive motor 626 and the sixth drive motor 627 to realize the print head 23 in the x-axis direction and the y-axis direction. Precise movement. In the above formula, Δx is the movement distance of the print nozzle 23 in the x-axis direction; in the formula, Δy is the movement distance of the print nozzle 23 in the y-axis direction.

其中,XY方向运动系统62可以是采用CoreXY的工作原理制成的装置,也可以是采用三轴正交模组(XYZ三轴运动平台)、并联机器人(Delta Parallel Mechanism)或平面关节型机器人的工作原理制成的装置。Among them, the XY-direction motion system 62 can be a device made using CoreXY's working principle, or a three-axis orthogonal module (XYZ three-axis motion platform), a parallel robot (Delta Parallel Mechanism) or a planar joint robot. A device made by working principle.

请参阅图18b,图18b为本实施例提供的喷头移动模块6的结构示意图。可选地,Z方向运动系统63包括Z方向驱动电机632和Z方向螺杆631,Z方向螺杆631与Z方向驱动电机632传动连接,打印平台61能移动地设于Z方向螺杆631上。Please refer to FIG. 18b. FIG. 18b is a schematic structural diagram of the nozzle moving module 6 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, the Z-direction motion system 63 includes a Z-direction drive motor 632 and a Z-direction screw 631. The Z-direction screw 631 is in transmission connection with the Z-direction drive motor 632, and the printing platform 61 is movably arranged on the Z-direction screw 631.

第五驱动电机626与滑轮组623中一个滑轮通过第五皮带6261和第五滑轮6262传动连接在一起。第六驱动电机627与滑轮组623中一个滑轮通过第二皮带6271和第二滑轮6272传动连接。The fifth driving motor 626 and a pulley in the pulley block 623 are connected together through a fifth belt 6261 and a fifth pulley 6262 for transmission. The sixth driving motor 627 is drivingly connected to one pulley in the pulley block 623 through a second belt 6271 and a second pulley 6272.

其中,第五驱动电机626、第六驱动电机627、Z方向驱动电机632可以为步进电机或者伺服电机。Among them, the fifth drive motor 626, the sixth drive motor 627, and the Z direction drive motor 632 may be stepper motors or servo motors.

请参阅图19a,图19a为本实施例提供的打印喷头23的结构示意图。可选地,打印喷头23包括打印针头231、第一底座232和外壳233,第一底座232设置在X方向导轨621(请参阅图18a)上,并与皮带相连;外壳233设置在第一底座232上,并罩设在打印针头231外。Please refer to FIG. 19a. FIG. 19a is a schematic structural diagram of the printing nozzle 23 provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the printing nozzle 23 includes a printing needle 231, a first base 232, and a housing 233. The first base 232 is arranged on the X-direction guide 621 (see FIG. 18a) and connected to a belt; the housing 233 is arranged on the first base 232, and set outside the printing needle 231.

可选地,外壳233包括针头外壳2331和喷头外壳2332,针头外壳2331罩设在打印针头231外,并与两根传输管702相连,两根传输管702分别为处理液输送组件71的一根传输管702和打印材料输送组件72的一根传输管702。Optionally, the housing 233 includes a needle housing 2331 and a spray head housing 2332. The needle housing 2331 is arranged outside the printing needle 231 and is connected to two transmission tubes 702. The two transmission tubes 702 are each of the processing liquid delivery assembly 71. The conveying pipe 702 and a conveying pipe 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72.

请参阅图19b,图19b为本实施例提供的打印喷头23的爆炸示意图。打印喷头23还包括光固化模块24。光固化模块24设于喷头外壳2332的外侧。光固化模块24构造成为挤出的3D打印材料提供光固化条件,例如紫外线的照射。光固化模块24接收主控模块9的指令,以控制光照的时间,强度等参数。主控模块9中的微控制单元94辅助运动控制器控制该光固化模块24。Please refer to FIG. 19b. FIG. 19b is an exploded schematic diagram of the printing nozzle 23 provided in this embodiment. The print head 23 also includes a light curing module 24. The light curing module 24 is arranged on the outside of the shower head housing 2332. The light curing module 24 is configured to provide light curing conditions for the extruded 3D printing material, such as ultraviolet radiation. The light curing module 24 receives instructions from the main control module 9 to control the time, intensity and other parameters of the light. The micro control unit 94 in the main control module 9 assists the motion controller to control the light curing module 24.

其中,光固化模块24还可以设于喷头外壳2332的内侧,使得3D打印材料在加温的同时打印喷头23可以从内部对3D打印材料进行光固化。Wherein, the light curing module 24 may also be arranged on the inner side of the nozzle housing 2332, so that the 3D printing material can be light-cured from the inside while the printing nozzle 23 is heated.

请参阅图20a,图20a为本实施例提供的打印针头231的剖视图。打印针头231包括外针2311和内针2312,外针2311具有空腔23111,且内针2312穿设于外针2311的空腔23111内。故可以通过改变内针2312的数量、长度和排布方法,实现在3D打印过程中提供多种材料的混合,包覆,交替等操作,以丰富可实现的3D打印结构。Please refer to FIG. 20a. FIG. 20a is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment. The printing needle 231 includes an outer needle 2311 and an inner needle 2312. The outer needle 2311 has a cavity 23111, and the inner needle 2312 penetrates the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311. Therefore, by changing the number, length and arrangement method of the inner needles 2312, the mixing, covering, and alternation of multiple materials can be provided in the 3D printing process to enrich the achievable 3D printing structure.

可选地,内针2312的外径小于外针2311的内径,使得内针2312的外表面不与外针2311的内表面接触。可选地,内针2312至少设有一个,内针2312具有针头23121,针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111内或者穿过外针2311设于外针2311的空腔23111外侧。Optionally, the outer diameter of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the inner diameter of the outer needle 2311, so that the outer surface of the inner needle 2312 does not contact the inner surface of the outer needle 2311. Optionally, at least one inner needle 2312 is provided, and the inner needle 2312 has a needle head 23121 which is arranged in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311 or passes through the outer needle 2311 and is arranged outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311.

可选地,内针2312设有一个,针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111内,内针2312的长度小于外针2311长度。此时内针2312和外针2311均与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接,从而可以实现单独打印。Optionally, one inner needle 2312 is provided, the needle head 23121 is provided in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, both the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transmission tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72, so that individual printing can be realized.

可选地,内针2312设有一个,针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111的外侧,即内针2312的长度大于外针2311长度。此时内针2312和外针2311均与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接。Optionally, one inner needle 2312 is provided, and the needle head 23121 is provided outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, that is, the length of the inner needle 2312 is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, both the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transmission tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72.

请参阅图20b,图20b为本实施例提供的打印针头231的剖视图。内针2312设有两个,两个内针2312的针头23121均穿过外针2311设于外针2311的空腔23111外侧。内针2312的长度大于外针2311长度。此时内针2312和外针2311均与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接,从而可以实现并联打 印。Please refer to FIG. 20b. FIG. 20b is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment. Two inner needles 2312 are provided, and the needle heads 23121 of the two inner needles 2312 pass through the outer needle 2311 and are arranged outside the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311. The length of the inner needle 2312 is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are both connected with the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72, so that parallel printing can be realized.

请参阅图20c,图20c为本实施例提供的打印针头231的剖视图。可选地,内针2312设有两个,两个内针2312的针头23121均设于外针2311的空腔23111内。内针2312的长度小于外针2311长度。此时内针2312和外针2311与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接或者与处理液输送组件71的传输管702连接,可在外针2311的内部混匀后再进行打印,从而可以实现混匀打印。Please refer to FIG. 20c. FIG. 20c is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, two inner needles 2312 are provided, and the needle heads 23121 of the two inner needles 2312 are both provided in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311. The length of the inner needle 2312 is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311. At this time, the inner needle 2312 and the outer needle 2311 are connected with the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or connected with the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71, and printing can be carried out after mixing inside the outer needle 2311, thereby realizing mixing. Print evenly.

请参阅图20d,图20d为本实施例提供的打印针头231的剖视图。内针2312设有两个,分别为第一内针2312a和第二内针2312b。第一内针2312a的针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111内,第一内针2312a的长度小于外针2311长度;第二内针2312b的针头23121穿过外针2311设于外针2311的空腔23111外侧,第二内针2312b的长度大于外针2311长度。外针2311的内壁向内凸设有四个成圆周阵列的凸起23112,将第二内针2312b固定。第一内针2312a设于凸起23112的上方。外针2311的外壁上且位于凸起23112的对应处向内设有四个成圆周阵列的凹槽23113。该四个成圆周阵列的凹槽23113的设置,可以限制内针的活动,确保内针和外针的空腔截面为两个同心的圆形,以实现挤出的同轴打印材料(圆管)在各个方向壁厚的均匀性。Please refer to FIG. 20d. FIG. 20d is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment. There are two inner needles 2312, namely, a first inner needle 2312a and a second inner needle 2312b. The needle head 23121 of the first inner needle 2312a is set in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the first inner needle 2312a is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311; the needle head 23121 of the second inner needle 2312b passes through the outer needle 2311 and is located on the outer needle 2311 Outside the cavity 23111, the length of the second inner needle 2312b is greater than the length of the outer needle 2311. The inner wall of the outer needle 2311 protrudes inwardly with four protrusions 23112 in a circular array to fix the second inner needle 2312b. The first inner needle 2312a is disposed above the protrusion 23112. Four grooves 23113 in a circular array are provided on the outer wall of the outer needle 2311 and located at the corresponding position of the protrusion 23112 inward. The arrangement of the four grooves 23113 in a circular array can limit the movement of the inner needle and ensure that the cavity section of the inner needle and the outer needle is two concentric circles, so as to realize the extruded coaxial printing material (circular tube). ) Uniformity of wall thickness in all directions.

第一内针2312a和第二内针2312b与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接或者与处理液输送组件71的传输管702连接。当第一内针2312a挤出材料后,材料会沿着外针2311的内壁尤其是凸起23112的内表面向下流出,通过第二内针2312b外壁与凸起23112的内表面之间的间隙,从外针2311挤出后,与第二内针2312b挤出的材料进行重叠,形成同轴打印。The first inner needle 2312a and the second inner needle 2312b are connected to the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or to the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71. After the first inner needle 2312a extrudes the material, the material will flow down along the inner wall of the outer needle 2311, especially the inner surface of the protrusion 23112, and pass through the gap between the outer wall of the second inner needle 2312b and the inner surface of the protrusion 23112 After being extruded from the outer needle 2311, it overlaps with the material extruded by the second inner needle 2312b to form a coaxial print.

请参阅图20e,图20e为本实施例提供的打印针头231的剖视图。可选地,内针2312设有两个,分别为第一内针2312a和第二内针2312b,第一内针2312a的针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111内,第一内针2312a的长度小于外针2311长度;第二内针2312b的针头23121设于外针2311的空腔23111内,第二内针2312b的长度小于外针2311长度。外针2311的内壁向内凸设有四个成圆周阵列的凸起23112,将第二内针2312b固定。第一内针2312a设于凸起23112的上方。外针2311的外壁上且位于凸起23112的对应处向内设有四个成圆周阵列的凹槽23113。该四个成圆周阵列的凹槽23113的设置,可以限制内针的活动,确保内针和外针的空腔截面为两个同心的圆形,以实现挤出的同轴打印材料(圆管)在各个方向壁厚的均匀性。Please refer to FIG. 20e. FIG. 20e is a cross-sectional view of the printing needle 231 provided in this embodiment. Optionally, two inner needles 2312 are provided, namely a first inner needle 2312a and a second inner needle 2312b. The needle head 23121 of the first inner needle 2312a is arranged in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the first inner needle 2312a The length of the second inner needle 2312b is smaller than the length of the outer needle 2311; the needle head 23121 of the second inner needle 2312b is set in the cavity 23111 of the outer needle 2311, and the length of the second inner needle 2312b is less than the length of the outer needle 2311. The inner wall of the outer needle 2311 protrudes inwardly with four protrusions 23112 in a circular array to fix the second inner needle 2312b. The first inner needle 2312a is disposed above the protrusion 23112. Four grooves 23113 in a circular array are provided on the outer wall of the outer needle 2311 and located at the corresponding position of the protrusion 23112 inward. The arrangement of the four grooves 23113 in a circular array can limit the movement of the inner needle and ensure that the cavity section of the inner needle and the outer needle is two concentric circles, so as to realize the extruded coaxial printing material (round tube ) Uniformity of wall thickness in all directions.

第一内针2312a和第二内针2312b与打印材料输送组件72的传输管702连接或者与处理液输送组件71的传输管702连接。当第一内针2312a挤出材料后,材料会沿着外针2311的内壁尤其是凸起23112的内表面向下流出,通过第二内针2312b外壁与凸起23112的内表面之间的间隙,与第二内针2312b挤出的材料进行重叠后,从外针2311挤出,形成同轴打印。The first inner needle 2312a and the second inner needle 2312b are connected to the transfer tube 702 of the printing material conveying assembly 72 or to the transfer tube 702 of the processing liquid conveying assembly 71. After the first inner needle 2312a extrudes the material, the material will flow down along the inner wall of the outer needle 2311, especially the inner surface of the protrusion 23112, and pass through the gap between the outer wall of the second inner needle 2312b and the inner surface of the protrusion 23112 After overlapping with the material extruded by the second inner needle 2312b, it is extruded from the outer needle 2311 to form a coaxial print.

请参阅图21a,图21a为本实施例提供的工位切换模块5的结构示意图。可选地,工位切换模块5包括第二底座51、夹取件52和第二移动装置53,第二底座51设于机箱1上,且位于工位3的一侧;夹取件52能移动地设于第二底座51上,夹取件52构造成夹取打印器皿30;第二移动装置53与夹取件52相连,第二移动装置53构造成移动夹取件52和/或工位3。Please refer to FIG. 21a, which is a schematic structural diagram of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment. Optionally, the station switching module 5 includes a second base 51, a clamping member 52, and a second moving device 53, the second base 51 is provided on the chassis 1 and located on one side of the station 3; the clamping member 52 can Movably arranged on the second base 51, the clamping member 52 is configured to clamp the printing vessel 30; the second moving device 53 is connected to the clamping member 52, and the second moving device 53 is configured to move the clamping member 52 and/or the work Bit 3.

请参阅图21b,图21b为本实施例提供的夹取件52的俯视图。夹取件52包括第二托盘523、第一货叉521和第二货叉522,第二托盘523能移动地设于第二底座51(请参阅图21a)上,第二托盘523上设有滑动槽5233;第一货叉521与第二托盘523固定连接,在第一货叉521上设有多个构造成夹取打印器皿30的第一通孔5211;第二货叉522能滑动地设置在滑动槽5233中,在第二货叉522上设有构造成夹取打印器皿30的第二通孔5221。Please refer to FIG. 21b. FIG. 21b is a top view of the clamping member 52 provided by this embodiment. The clamping member 52 includes a second pallet 523, a first fork 521, and a second fork 522. The second pallet 523 is movably arranged on the second base 51 (see FIG. 21a), and the second pallet 523 is provided with Sliding groove 5233; the first fork 521 is fixedly connected to the second tray 523, and a plurality of first through holes 5211 configured to clamp the printing vessel 30 are provided on the first fork 521; the second fork 522 is slidable Disposed in the sliding groove 5233, the second fork 522 is provided with a second through hole 5221 configured to clamp the printing vessel 30.

可选地,第一通孔5211贯穿第一货叉521的上下表面及其一侧壁。第二通孔5221贯穿第二货叉522的上下表面及其一侧壁。Optionally, the first through hole 5211 penetrates the upper and lower surfaces of the first fork 521 and a side wall thereof. The second through hole 5221 penetrates the upper and lower surfaces of the second fork 522 and a side wall thereof.

可选地,第一货叉521在于第一通孔5211相邻的两个侧壁上分别设有一个切角5212。Optionally, the first fork 521 is provided with a cut corner 5212 on two adjacent side walls of the first through hole 5211 respectively.

可选地,第一货叉521上的第一通孔5211设有4个,且4个第一通孔5211位于同一直线(该直线沿Y方向设置)上,分别对应储存工位31、预处理工位32、打印工位33和后处理工位34。第二货叉522上的第二通孔5221设有一个,第二通孔5221的位置对应于检测工位35,其中,第二货叉522能滑动地设置在滑动槽5233,则在第一货叉521保持不动的情况下,令第二货叉522在滑动槽5233内滑动一定距离后,从而可将检测工位35上的打印器皿30精准移动到物件存放工位36上的一个安装孔3641 中。Optionally, there are four first through holes 5211 on the first fork 521, and the four first through holes 5211 are located on the same straight line (the straight line is arranged along the Y direction), corresponding to the storage station 31 and the preset Processing station 32, printing station 33, and post-processing station 34. One second through hole 5221 is provided on the second fork 522, and the position of the second through hole 5221 corresponds to the detection station 35. Among them, the second fork 522 is slidably arranged in the sliding groove 5233, and the When the fork 521 remains stationary, the second fork 522 is allowed to slide a certain distance in the sliding groove 5233, so that the printing vessel 30 on the inspection station 35 can be accurately moved to an installation on the object storage station 36 In hole 3641.

请参阅图21c,图21c为本实施例提供的第一货叉521的结构示意图。第一货叉521的底面上设有与卡扣312(请参阅图17a)相配的推动叉5213,推动叉5213为L形槽状。Please refer to FIG. 21c, which is a schematic structural diagram of the first fork 521 provided in this embodiment. The bottom surface of the first fork 521 is provided with a push fork 5213 that matches the buckle 312 (see FIG. 17a), and the push fork 5213 is in the shape of an L-shaped groove.

请参阅图21d,图21d为本实施例提供的工位切换模块5的右视图。第二移动装置53包括横移组件531、纵移组件532和升降组件533。横移组件531与第二货叉522传动连接,并构造成驱使第二货叉522沿X方向移动;升降组件533与第二托盘523传动连接,并构造成驱使第二托盘523沿Z方向移动。升降组件533可以包括电机和螺杆,或者可以包括气缸或者液压缸。Please refer to FIG. 21d. FIG. 21d is a right side view of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment. The second moving device 53 includes a horizontal moving component 531, a vertical moving component 532 and a lifting component 533. The traverse assembly 531 is in transmission connection with the second fork 522 and is configured to drive the second fork 522 to move in the X direction; the lifting assembly 533 is in transmission connection with the second tray 523 and is configured to drive the second tray 523 to move in the Z direction . The lifting assembly 533 may include a motor and a screw, or may include an air cylinder or a hydraulic cylinder.

请参阅图21e,图21e为本实施例提供的工位切换模块5的左视图。其中,第二托盘523上设有第一磁性件5234,第二货叉522上设有与第一磁性件5234相配的第二磁性件5222;第二底座51上设有第三磁性件511,在第二托盘523上设有与第三磁性件511相配的第四磁性件5235。Please refer to FIG. 21e. FIG. 21e is a left view of the station switching module 5 provided in this embodiment. Wherein, the second tray 523 is provided with a first magnetic member 5234, the second fork 522 is provided with a second magnetic member 5222 matching the first magnetic member 5234; the second base 51 is provided with a third magnetic member 511, A fourth magnetic member 5235 matched with the third magnetic member 511 is provided on the second tray 523.

横移组件531包括横移电机5311、横移滑轮5312和横移皮带5313。第二托盘523的底面向下延伸有第一支杆5231和第二支杆5232,第一磁性件5234设于第一支杆5231上,第四磁性件5235设于第二支杆5232上。第二货叉522的底面向下延伸有第三支杆5223,第二磁性件5222设于第三支杆5223上。滑动槽5233为贯穿槽,第三支杆5223穿过滑动槽5233,使得第二货叉522能滑动的设置在第二托盘523上。The traverse assembly 531 includes a traverse motor 5311, a traverse pulley 5312 and a traverse belt 5313. A first support rod 5231 and a second support rod 5232 extend downward from the bottom surface of the second tray 523. The first magnetic member 5234 is provided on the first support rod 5231, and the fourth magnetic member 5235 is provided on the second support rod 5232. A third pole 5223 extends downward from the bottom surface of the second fork 522, and the second magnetic member 5222 is disposed on the third pole 5223. The sliding groove 5233 is a through groove, and the third rod 5223 passes through the sliding groove 5233 so that the second fork 522 can be slidably arranged on the second pallet 523.

第三支杆5223与横移皮带5313连接,并在横移皮带5313带动下沿Y方向移动,使得第二货叉522沿Y方向移动;第一支杆5231在第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222之间的磁牵引力的作用下随第三支杆5223沿Y方向移动,从而使得第一货叉521、第二托盘523和第二货叉522同步运动。The third support rod 5223 is connected to the traverse belt 5313 and moves in the Y direction under the drive of the traverse belt 5313, so that the second fork 522 moves in the Y direction; the first support rod 5231 is in the first magnetic member 5234 and the second Under the action of the magnetic traction force between the magnetic parts 5222, the third support rod 5223 moves along the Y direction, so that the first fork 521, the second pallet 523, and the second fork 522 move synchronously.

当第二货叉522移动到一定距离,则同步运动的第二托盘523也移动到一定距离,当第二支杆5232运动第二底座51上的第三磁性件511的位置时,第二支杆5232上的第四磁性件5235与第二底座51上的第三磁性件511之间产生一定的磁牵引力,从而使得第二托盘523与第二底座51固定在一起,第二货叉522和第二托盘523分离,此时第二货叉522可以构造成将检测工位35上的打印器皿30精准移动到物件工位3上的一个安装孔3641中。When the second fork 522 moves to a certain distance, the synchronized second pallet 523 also moves to a certain distance. When the second support rod 5232 moves the position of the third magnetic member 511 on the second base 51, the second support A certain magnetic traction force is generated between the fourth magnetic member 5235 on the rod 5232 and the third magnetic member 511 on the second base 51, so that the second tray 523 and the second base 51 are fixed together, and the second fork 522 and The second tray 523 is separated. At this time, the second fork 522 can be configured to accurately move the printing vessel 30 on the inspection station 35 to an installation hole 3641 on the object station 3.

可选地,横移电机5311可以为步进电机或者伺服电机。第一磁性件5234、第二磁性件5222、第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235可以为永磁铁或者电磁铁。Optionally, the traverse motor 5311 may be a stepper motor or a servo motor. The first magnetic member 5234, the second magnetic member 5222, the third magnetic member 511, and the fourth magnetic member 5235 may be permanent magnets or electromagnets.

请参阅图21f,图21f为本实施例提供的工位切换模块5的俯视图。所述多个工位3安装在固定板5321上,所述固定板5321能移动地设置在所述机箱1内;第二移动装置53还包括纵移组件532,所述纵移组件532与固定板5321传动连接,并构造成驱使所述固定板5321沿Y方向移动。可选地,纵移组件532可以包括电机和螺杆。Please refer to FIG. 21f. FIG. 21f is a top view of the station switching module 5 provided by this embodiment. The plurality of stations 3 are installed on a fixed plate 5321, which is movably arranged in the chassis 1; the second moving device 53 also includes a longitudinal movement assembly 532, which is connected to the fixed plate 5321. The plate 5321 is connected in transmission and is configured to drive the fixed plate 5321 to move in the Y direction. Optionally, the longitudinal movement assembly 532 may include a motor and a screw.

请参阅图22a,图22a为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的正视图。机箱1为立式机箱,在机箱1包括机体11,机体的中部开设有一开口111,开口111为一贯穿机箱1的三个侧壁的通孔,以开口111作为3D打印的工作空间14。主控模块9设于开口111的上方,且位于机箱1的右侧;物料输送模块7均设于设于开口111的上方,且位于机箱1的左侧,主控模块9的左侧。喷头移动模块6、工位3和工位切换模块5、环境控制模块4设于开口111内。其中,环境控制模块4、喷头移动模块6、工位3和工位切换模块5沿X方向依次分布。Please refer to FIG. 22a. FIG. 22a is a front view of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. The case 1 is a vertical case. The case 1 includes a body 11, and an opening 111 is opened in the middle of the body. The opening 111 is a through hole passing through three side walls of the case 1, and the opening 111 is used as a working space 14 for 3D printing. The main control module 9 is arranged above the opening 111 and located on the right side of the case 1; the material conveying modules 7 are all arranged above the opening 111 and are located on the left side of the case 1 and the left side of the main control module 9. The nozzle moving module 6, the station 3, the station switching module 5, and the environmental control module 4 are arranged in the opening 111. Among them, the environmental control module 4, the nozzle moving module 6, the station 3 and the station switching module 5 are sequentially distributed along the X direction.

请参阅图22b,图22b为本实施例提供的3D打印机100的结构示意图。于一实施例,开口111为方形孔,罩子12设于开口111的内表面上,且位于工位3的上方。Please refer to FIG. 22b. FIG. 22b is a schematic structural diagram of the 3D printer 100 provided in this embodiment. In one embodiment, the opening 111 is a square hole, and the cover 12 is provided on the inner surface of the opening 111 and located above the station 3.

本实施例还提供一使用上述的3D打印机100的3D打印方法,包括以下步骤:This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:

主控模块9获取待打印物件的个数、形状等数据;The main control module 9 obtains data such as the number and shape of the object to be printed;

主控模块9通过喷头移动模块6控制打印喷头23移动并挤出相应的打印材料;The main control module 9 controls the movement of the printing nozzle 23 through the nozzle movement module 6 and extrudes corresponding printing materials;

主控模块9通过设于物料输送模块、工位和打印喷头上的温控模块8调节各个部件的温度;The main control module 9 adjusts the temperature of each component through the temperature control module 8 arranged on the material conveying module, the workstation and the printing nozzle;

多个打印器皿30放置在其中一个工位3处,主控模块9控制工位切换模块5依次将打印器皿30取出,并令打印器皿30依次进入各个工位3,且依次对打印器皿30进行预处理、打印、后处理、检测和归档操作,完成打印。A plurality of printing vessels 30 are placed at one of the stations 3. The main control module 9 controls the station switching module 5 to take out the printing vessels 30 in turn, and makes the printing vessels 30 enter each station 3 in turn, and perform the printing on the printing vessels 30 in turn. Pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing and filing operations complete printing.

本实施例还提供一使用上述的3D打印机100的3D打印方法,包括以下步骤:This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:

当打印器皿30位于检测工位35处时,检测工位35检测质量信息并记录检测得到的质量信息;When the printing vessel 30 is located at the inspection station 35, the inspection station 35 inspects the quality information and records the quality information obtained by the inspection;

主控模块9判断此时打印器皿30中的物件是否为次品:The main control module 9 determines whether the object in the printing vessel 30 is defective at this time:

若是,则第一移动装置363将次品座362移动至于检测工位35对接的地方,工位切换模块5依次将该打印器皿30移动至次品座362;If it is, the first moving device 363 moves the defective product seat 362 to a place where the inspection station 35 is docked, and the station switching module 5 sequentially moves the printing vessel 30 to the defective product seat 362;

若否,则第一移动装置363将成品座361移动至于检测工位35对接的地方,工位切换模块5依次将该打印器皿30移动至成品座361。If not, the first moving device 363 moves the finished product seat 361 to a place where the inspection station 35 is docked, and the station switching module 5 sequentially moves the printing vessel 30 to the finished product seat 361.

本实施例还提供一使用上述的3D打印机100的3D打印方法,包括以下步骤:This embodiment also provides a 3D printing method using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:

主控模块9根据所记录的检测质量信息判断此时次品座362中的物件是否需要进行修复打印:The main control module 9 judges whether the objects in the defective seat 362 need to be repaired and printed according to the recorded inspection quality information:

若是,则依次将打印器皿30取出并依次送入打印工位33进行修复打印;If yes, take out the printing vessels 30 in sequence and send them to the printing station 33 for repair printing;

若否,则次品座362中的物件不进行修复打印。If not, the object in the defective seat 362 is not repaired and printed.

本3D打印机100的使用方法,使用上述的3D打印机100,包括以下步骤:The method of using the 3D printer 100, using the aforementioned 3D printer 100, includes the following steps:

将3D打印机100置于超净间的工作环境中,操作人员应采用超净间的工作标准,穿戴防护服、手套,并在每次开启罩子12前对手套进行喷洒酒精灭菌,打开罩子12,根据操作者的应用需求选择单独打印、并联打印、同轴打印和混匀打印所对应的打印针头231安装在喷头外壳2332上,将喷头外壳2332安装在第一底座232上,关闭罩子12;如果3D打印机100置于非超净间的工作环境中时,则通过主控模块9设置通风装置43持续运行,保证打印空间内始终为正压(即将打印机罩子内的空间形成一个小超净间)持续向外吹出过滤过的空气,确保打印空间无菌。Place the 3D printer 100 in the working environment of the clean room. The operator should adopt the working standards of the clean room, wear protective clothing and gloves, and spray alcohol to sterilize the gloves before opening the hood 12. Open the hood 12. , According to the operator's application requirements, select the print needle 231 corresponding to separate printing, parallel printing, coaxial printing and mixed printing to install on the nozzle housing 2332, install the nozzle housing 2332 on the first base 232, and close the cover 12; If the 3D printer 100 is placed in a working environment that is not an ultra-clean room, the ventilation device 43 is set to run continuously through the main control module 9 to ensure that the printing space is always positive pressure (that is, the space in the printer cover forms a small ultra-clean room ) Continuously blow out filtered air to ensure sterile printing space.

将电源插口15通电,等待触摸显示屏911亮起,通过按键912、摇杆913和触摸显示屏911输入指令,使环境控制模块4中紫外光源42的高波段紫外光源42开启30分钟后关闭,随后使环境控制模块4中紫外光源42的低波段紫外光源42开启30分钟后关闭,随后开启通风装置43的第一风扇431使超净间的洁净空气通过过滤装置432的滤网通入3D打印机100工作空间14,并设置当罩子12开启角度超过10度时自动开启第一风扇431或设定与罩子12的开启角度无关,持续开启第一风扇431,降温加湿装置44将3D打印机100工作空间14的湿度控制为70%;Power on the power socket 15 and wait for the touch screen 911 to light up. Input instructions through the button 912, joystick 913 and touch screen 911 to turn on the high-band ultraviolet light source 42 of the ultraviolet light source 42 in the environmental control module 4 for 30 minutes and then turn it off. Then the low-band ultraviolet light source 42 of the ultraviolet light source 42 in the environmental control module 4 is turned on for 30 minutes and then turned off, and then the first fan 431 of the ventilation device 43 is turned on to allow the clean air in the ultra-clean room to pass through the filter of the filter device 432 into the 3D printer 100 The working space 14 is set to automatically turn on the first fan 431 when the opening angle of the cover 12 exceeds 10 degrees or the setting is independent of the opening angle of the cover 12, and the first fan 431 is continuously turned on, and the cooling and humidifying device 44 turns the 3D printer 100 into the working space 14 The humidity control is 70%;

通过按键912、摇杆913和触摸显示屏911输入指令,设置存储温控单元82控制温度为20℃,设置传输温控单元83控制温度为35℃,设置挤出温控单元84控制温度为10℃,设置成型工位温控器811控制温度为10℃,设置物件温控器812控制温度为10℃,并观察触摸显示屏911,等待系统显示各温控模块8达到设定温度;Input instructions through the button 912, rocker 913 and touch screen 911, set the storage temperature control unit 82 to control the temperature at 20°C, the transmission temperature control unit 83 to control the temperature at 35°C, and the extrusion temperature control unit 84 to set the control temperature to 10 ℃, set the molding station thermostat 811 to control the temperature to 10℃, set the object thermostat 812 to control the temperature to 10℃, and observe the touch screen 911, and wait for the system to display that each temperature control module 8 reaches the set temperature;

抽出处理液输送组件71,将第一个装有磷酸缓冲盐溶液(phosphate buffer saline,简称PBS)的第一存储器711安装在第三托盘715上,并与第一根传输管702相连,将第二个装有氯化钙溶液的第一存储器711安装在第三托盘715上,并与第二根传输管702相连;Withdraw the processing solution delivery assembly 71, install the first storage 711 containing phosphate buffer saline (PBS) on the third tray 715, and connect it with the first transfer tube 702, Two first reservoirs 711 containing calcium chloride solution are installed on the third tray 715 and connected to the second transfer pipe 702;

打开罩子12,更换打印材料输送组件72,将第一个装有海藻酸钠溶液的第二存储器721安装在第四托盘725上,并与第三根传输管702相连,将第二个装有Pluronic-F127(泊洛沙姆系列的407型号即泊洛沙姆407)的第二存储器721安装在第四托盘725上,并与第四根传输管702相连,将装有24个打印器皿30的存储筒311安装在储存工位31顶层或将存储筒311安装在储存工位31顶层后,将装有24个打印器皿30的槽筒318装入存储筒311;将一个无菌的设有12个安装孔3641的安装板364安装在成品座361,将一个无菌的设有12个安装孔3641的安装板364安装在次品座362,关闭罩子12;Open the cover 12, replace the printing material delivery assembly 72, install the first second reservoir 721 containing sodium alginate solution on the fourth tray 725, and connect it with the third transfer tube 702, and connect the second The second storage 721 of the Pluronic-F127 (Poloxamer 407 model of the Poloxamer series) is installed on the fourth tray 725 and connected to the fourth transfer tube 702, which will contain 24 printing vessels 30 After the storage cylinder 311 is installed on the top of the storage station 31 or the storage cylinder 311 is installed on the top of the storage station 31, the tank 318 containing 24 printing vessels 30 is loaded into the storage cylinder 311; a sterile Install the mounting plate 364 with 12 mounting holes 3641 on the finished product seat 361, install a sterile mounting plate 364 with 12 mounting holes 3641 on the defective seat 362, and close the cover 12;

通过按键912、摇杆913和触摸显示屏911选定并编辑要打印的模型,确认模型后开始3D打印,3D打印为自动操作。Select and edit the model to be printed by pressing the button 912, the joystick 913 and the touch screen 911, and start 3D printing after confirming the model, and the 3D printing is an automatic operation.

成品座361中承载的安装板364中相应的安装孔3641都装有一个质量合格的支架后主控模块9停止批量打印,并通过触摸显示屏911提示操作者打印完成,操作者开启罩子12,取出成品座361中承载的安装板364,并根据操作者的实际需求选择为成品座361中添加新的安装板364以继续打印或是关闭罩子12以终止打印。本实施例还提供一使用3D打印机100的打印方法,包括以下步骤:After the corresponding mounting holes 3641 in the mounting plate 364 carried in the finished product seat 361 are equipped with a qualified bracket, the main control module 9 stops batch printing and prompts the operator to complete the printing through the touch screen 911, and the operator opens the cover 12. Take out the mounting board 364 carried in the finished product seat 361, and choose to add a new mounting board 364 to the finished product seat 361 to continue printing or close the cover 12 to terminate printing according to the actual needs of the operator. This embodiment also provides a printing method using the 3D printer 100, which includes the following steps:

第1步:纵移组件532运作,使固定板5321移动,令工位3移动到第一货叉521正下方,使推动叉5213推动卡扣312,让存储筒311中供打印器皿30通过的通道开启,弹簧314推动第五托盘313,使1号打印器皿30上移并与第一货叉521契合;Step 1: The vertical movement assembly 532 is operated to move the fixed plate 5321, and the station 3 is moved directly below the first fork 521, so that the push fork 5213 pushes the buckle 312 to allow the storage cylinder 311 to pass the printing vessel 30 The channel is opened, and the spring 314 pushes the fifth tray 313, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 moves up and fits with the first fork 521;

第2步:升降组件533运作,将第一货叉521上抬,提取1号打印器皿30,同时使推动叉5213离开卡扣312,让存储筒311中供打印器皿30通过的通道关闭,使2号打印器皿30无法离开存储筒311;Step 2: The lifting assembly 533 is operated, the first fork 521 is lifted, and the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is extracted. At the same time, the pushing fork 5213 is moved away from the buckle 312, so that the passage in the storage cylinder 311 for the printing vessel 30 to pass is closed, so that No. 2 printing vessel 30 cannot leave the storage cylinder 311;

第3步:横移组件531运作,带动第二货叉522沿储存工位31,预处理工位32,打印工位33,后处理工位34,检测工位35,物件存放工位36组成的打印主线(与Y方向同向)横移一个工位3的距离,该横移开始时,由于第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222处于贴合状态,第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235处于分离状态,第二货叉522带动第二托盘523一起进行横移一个工位3的距离,第二托盘523带动第一货叉521一起进行横移,该横移结束时,第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222和第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235都处于贴合状态;Step 3: The traverse component 531 operates, driving the second fork 522 along the storage station 31, pretreatment station 32, printing station 33, post-processing station 34, inspection station 35, and object storage station 36. The printing main line (in the same direction as the Y direction) traverses a distance of station 3. When the traverse starts, since the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 are in a bonded state, the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 511 The magnetic member 5235 is in a separated state, the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523 to move horizontally by a distance of one station 3, and the second pallet 523 drives the first fork 521 to move horizontally. When the horizontal movement is over, the first A magnetic member 5234, a second magnetic member 5222, a third magnetic member 511 and a fourth magnetic member 5235 are all in a bonded state;

第4步:升降组件533运作,将第一货叉521下降,随后纵移组件532运作,使固定板5321远离第一货叉521回到初始位置;Step 4: The lifting assembly 533 operates to lower the first fork 521, and then the longitudinal movement assembly 532 operates to move the fixing plate 5321 away from the first fork 521 and return to the initial position;

第5步:横移组件531运作,带动第二货叉522沿打印主线反方向返回,此时第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222处于贴合状态,第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235处于分离状态,第二货叉522带动第二托盘523,使第二货叉522和第一货叉521回到初始位置;Step 5: The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to return in the opposite direction of the printing main line. At this time, the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 are in a bonded state, and the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 511 The piece 5235 is in a separated state, and the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523 to return the second fork 522 and the first fork 521 to the initial position;

第6步:经过第2-4步的操作后,1号打印器皿30从储存工位31通过第一货叉521移动到预处理工位32,经第一传感器321确认1号打印器皿30正确进入预处理工位32后,将信息上传至主控模块9;Step 6: After the operations of steps 2-4, the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is moved from the storage station 31 through the first fork 521 to the pretreatment station 32, and the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is correct After entering the preprocessing station 32, upload the information to the main control module 9;

第7步:处理液输送组件71中,与第一个第二存储器721对应的第二驱动电机7231运作,拉动对应的第二推台7233,将第一个第二存储器721中的PBS溶液通过传输管702加入预处理工位32,对预处理工位32中的打印器皿30进行清洗;Step 7: In the processing liquid delivery assembly 71, the second driving motor 7231 corresponding to the first second storage 721 operates, and the corresponding second push table 7233 is pulled to pass the PBS solution in the first second storage 721 The transfer tube 702 is added to the pretreatment station 32 to clean the printing vessel 30 in the pretreatment station 32;

第8步:重复第2-5步的操作,使1号打印器皿30从预处理工位32进入打印工位33,同时2号打印器皿30从储存工位31进入预处理工位32,并由经第一传感器321确认2号打印器皿30正确进入预处理工位32后,将信息上传至主控模块9;Step 8: Repeat the operations of steps 2-5, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 enters the printing station 33 from the pretreatment station 32, and the No. 2 printing vessel 30 enters the pretreatment station 32 from the storage station 31, and After confirming by the first sensor 321 that the No. 2 printing vessel 30 has correctly entered the preprocessing station 32, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;

第9步:将打印针头231移入针头清洁筒13中进行清洁和位置校准,根据针头23121结构所对应单独打印、并联打印、同轴打印和混匀打印的一种打印方法进行操作,在置于打印工位33中的打印器皿30中完成打印,获得海藻酸钠外层和Pluronic-F127内层的同轴生物支架;与此过程同时,预处理工位32中重复第5步的操作;Step 9: Move the printing needle 231 into the needle cleaning cylinder 13 for cleaning and position calibration, and operate according to a printing method of independent printing, parallel printing, coaxial printing and mixed printing corresponding to the structure of the needle 23121. The printing is completed in the printing vessel 30 in the printing station 33 to obtain the coaxial bio-scaffold with the outer layer of sodium alginate and the inner layer of Pluronic-F127; at the same time, the operation of step 5 is repeated in the pretreatment station 32;

第10步:重复第2-5步的操作,使1号打印器皿30从打印工位33通过第一货叉521移动至后处理工位34,同时2号打印器皿30从预处理工位32进入打印工位33,3号打印器皿30从储存工位31进入预处理工位32,并由经第一传感器321确认3号打印器皿30正确进入预处理工位32后,将信息上传至主控模块9;Step 10: Repeat steps 2-5 to move the No. 1 printing vessel 30 from the printing station 33 through the first fork 521 to the post-processing station 34, and at the same time the No. 2 printing vessel 30 from the pre-processing station 32 Entering the printing station 33, the No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 from the storage station 31, and the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 correctly, and uploads the information to the main Control module 9;

第11步:处理液输送组件71中,与第二个第一存储器711对应的第一驱动电机7131运作,拉动对应的第一推台7133,将第二个第一存储器711中的氯化钙溶液通过传输管702和与后处理喷头22加入后处理工位34对1号打印器皿30中的生物支架进行交联,与此过程同时,预处理工位32中重复第5步的操作,打印工位33中重复第7步的操作;Step 11: In the treatment liquid delivery assembly 71, the first driving motor 7131 corresponding to the second first storage 711 operates, and the corresponding first push table 7133 is pulled to remove the calcium chloride in the second first storage 711 The solution passes through the transfer tube 702 and the post-processing nozzle 22 to the post-processing station 34 to cross-link the bio-scaffold in the No. 1 printing vessel 30. At the same time, the pre-processing station 32 repeats the operation of step 5 to print Repeat step 7 in station 33;

第12步:重复第2-3步的操作,使1号打印器皿30从后处理工位34通过第一货叉521移动至检测工位35,同时2号打印器皿30从打印工位33进入后处理工位34,3号打印器皿30从预处理工位32进入打印工位33,4号打印器皿30从储存工位31进入预处理工位32,并由经第一传感器321确认4号打印器皿30正确进入预处理工位32后,将信息上传至主控模块9;Step 12: Repeat steps 2-3 to move the No. 1 printing vessel 30 from the post-processing station 34 through the first fork 521 to the inspection station 35, while the No. 2 printing vessel 30 enters from the printing station 33 Post-processing station 34, No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters printing station 33 from pretreatment station 32, No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters pretreatment station 32 from storage station 31, and is confirmed by the first sensor 321 No. 4 After the printer 30 enters the preprocessing station 32 correctly, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;

第13步:检测工位35对1号打印器皿30所承载的支架即打印物件进行观察,并对支架质量进行评估,检测工位35对1号打印器皿30上的标识码进行扫描,主控模块9对1号打印器皿30的信息和承载的支架的质量进行记录,与此过程同时,预处理工位32中重复第5步的操作,打印工位33中重复第7步的操作,后处理工位34中重复第9步的操作;Step 13: The inspection station 35 observes the support that is carried by the printing vessel 30, that is, the printed object, and evaluates the quality of the support. The inspection station 35 scans the identification code on the printing vessel 30 and controls The module 9 records the information of the No. 1 printing vessel 30 and the quality of the supporting bracket. At the same time, the operation of step 5 is repeated in the preprocessing station 32, and the operation of step 7 is repeated in the printing station 33. Repeat the operation of step 9 in processing station 34;

第14步:重复第2-4步的操作,使1号打印器皿30被第二货叉522提取,2号打印器皿30从后处理工位34通过第一货叉521移动至检测工位35,同时3号打印器皿30从打印工位33进入后处理工位34,4号打印器皿30从预处理工位32进入打印工位33,5号打印器皿30从储存工位31进入预处理工位32,并由经第一传感器321确认5号打印器皿30正确进入预处理工位32后,将信息上传至主控模块9;Step 14: Repeat the operations of Steps 2-4, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 is picked up by the second fork 522, and the No. 2 printing vessel 30 is moved from the post-processing station 34 through the first fork 521 to the inspection station 35 At the same time, No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters post-processing station 34 from printing station 33, No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters printing station 33 from pretreatment station 32, and No. 5 printing vessel 30 enters pretreatment station from storage station 31 After the first sensor 321 confirms that the No. 5 printer 30 has entered the preprocessing station 32 correctly, the information is uploaded to the main control module 9;

第15步:横移组件531运作,带动第二货叉522沿打印主线横移,使第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222分离,第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235贴合,以保持第一货叉521的位置不变,第二货叉522 继续沿打印主线横移,将1号打印器皿30移至物件存放工位36,分别对应成品座361和次品座362的第三驱动电机3631运作,分别带动与第三驱动电机3631相连接的第三滑轮3632和第三皮带3633以调节成品座361和次品座362在垂直打印主线方向(X方向)的位置,根据第13步中的支架的评估结果,通过横移组件531和第三驱动电机3631的精确控制将1号打印器皿30的位置调整在成品座361或次品座362中承载的安装板364中相应的安装孔3641(储存位置)上方;Step 15: The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to traverse along the printing main line, so that the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 are separated, and the third magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 5235 are attached. To keep the position of the first fork 521 unchanged, the second fork 522 continues to move horizontally along the main printing line, and moves the No. 1 printing vessel 30 to the object storage station 36, corresponding to the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 respectively. The three driving motors 3631 operate, respectively driving the third pulley 3632 and the third belt 3633 connected with the third driving motor 3631 to adjust the position of the finished product seat 361 and the defective product seat 362 in the direction perpendicular to the main printing line (X direction). The evaluation result of the bracket in step 13, adjust the position of the No. 1 printing vessel 30 to the mounting plate 364 carried in the finished product seat 361 or the defective product seat 362 through the precise control of the traverse assembly 531 and the third drive motor 3631. Above the mounting hole 3641 (storage position);

第16步:升降组件533运作,将第一货叉521下降,使1号打印器皿30进入成品座361或次品座362中承载的安装板364中相应的安装孔3641,与此操作同时2号打印器皿30进入检测工位35,3号打印器皿30进入后处理工位34,4号打印器皿30进入打印工位33,5号打印器皿30进入预处理工位32,随后纵移组件532运作,使固定板5321远离第一货叉521回到初始位置;Step 16: The lifting assembly 533 operates, and the first fork 521 is lowered, so that the No. 1 printing vessel 30 enters the corresponding mounting hole 3641 in the mounting plate 364 carried in the finished product seat 361 or the defective product seat 362, at the same time as this operation 2 No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the inspection station 35, No. 3 printing vessel 30 enters the post-processing station 34, No. 4 printing vessel 30 enters the printing station 33, No. 5 printing vessel 30 enters the pre-processing station 32, and then moves the assembly 532 vertically Operate to make the fixed plate 5321 move away from the first fork 521 and return to the initial position;

第17步:横移组件531运作,带动第二货叉522沿打印主线反方向返回,随后第一磁性件5234和第二磁性件5222进入贴合状态,横移电机5311继续运作,使第三磁性件511和第四磁性件5235进入分离状态,第二货叉522带动第二托盘523,进一步带动第一货叉521运动,使第二货叉522和第一货叉521回归初始位置;Step 17: The traverse assembly 531 operates to drive the second fork 522 to return in the opposite direction of the printing main line. Then the first magnetic member 5234 and the second magnetic member 5222 enter the bonding state, and the traverse motor 5311 continues to operate to make the third The magnetic member 511 and the fourth magnetic member 5235 enter the separated state, the second fork 522 drives the second pallet 523, and further drives the first fork 521 to move, so that the second fork 522 and the first fork 521 return to their initial positions;

第18步:重复14-17步中的操作。Step 18: Repeat the operations in steps 14-17.

本实施例还提供一使用3D打印机100的打印方法,还包括以下步骤:This embodiment also provides a printing method using the 3D printer 100, which further includes the following steps:

步骤1:通过按键912、摇杆913和触摸显示屏911调取批量化打印过程中根据打印器皿30上标识码记录的检测结果,选取其中由于打印过程中断丝、材料用尽等问题产生的有结构缺陷但仍可通过二次打印进行结构修复的样品;Step 1: Use the button 912, the joystick 913 and the touch screen 911 to retrieve the detection results recorded in the batch printing process according to the identification code on the printing vessel 30, and select the ones that are caused by the interruption of the printing process and the exhaustion of materials. Samples with structural defects but can still be repaired through secondary printing;

步骤2:打开罩子12,对应样品记录将次品座362中的打印器皿30移动至打印工位33,关闭罩子12;Step 2: Open the cover 12, move the printing vessel 30 in the defective seat 362 to the printing station 33 corresponding to the sample record, and close the cover 12;

步骤3:通过按键912、摇杆913和触摸显示屏911编辑对样品结构进行修复的模型和打印路径,并执行打印;Step 3: Edit the model and print path for repairing the sample structure through the button 912, the joystick 913 and the touch screen 911, and execute the printing;

步骤4:打开罩子12,将含有修复完成的生物支架的打印器皿30取出。Step 4: Open the cover 12 and take out the printing vessel 30 containing the repaired biological scaffold.

以上所述仅为本申请的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本申请。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above descriptions are only preferred embodiments of the application, and are not used to limit the application. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made within the spirit and principle of this application shall be included in the protection scope of this application.

工业实用性Industrial applicability

本3D打印机可以通过转运打印器皿,从而实现打印物件的流水线生产,依次进行提取打印器皿、预处理、打印、后处理、检测、归档等操作,从而可以适用于批量化生产。本3D打印机的流水线生产还避免了传统批量打印工艺中同批次的不同产品在打印完成后到统一后处理间的时间差,使每一个样品经过的打印过程更为相近,减少了不同产品间的差异。此外,本3D打印机的设计使得每一个产品均在同一个打印工位中完成打印,并使每个产品在打印时所处的环境相同,减少了不同产品间的差异,且本申请通过增设温控模块,从而可以达到精确控温的效果,可以实现在3D打印过程中材料或处理液始终出于最适宜当前操作的温度和相态,其益处包括在储存材料或处理液时防止其沉淀和变性,在传输材料时使其转变为更易流动的相态以降低传输阻力,在打印材料时使其转变为更易挤出的相态以提高打印质量,同时本申请提供的温控方案还可以保障3D打印机工作时各部件的热管理。The 3D printer can transfer printing utensils to realize the assembly line production of printed objects, and perform operations such as extracting printing utensils, pre-processing, printing, post-processing, testing, filing, etc., so as to be suitable for mass production. The assembly line production of this 3D printer also avoids the time difference between the same batch of different products in the traditional batch printing process after the printing is completed and the unified post-processing, so that the printing process of each sample is more similar, and the difference between different products is reduced. difference. In addition, the design of this 3D printer allows each product to be printed in the same printing station, and the environment where each product is printed is the same, which reduces the difference between different products, and this application increases the temperature The control module can achieve the effect of precise temperature control, which can realize that the material or processing liquid is always at the most suitable temperature and phase state for the current operation during the 3D printing process. Its benefits include preventing precipitation and precipitation when storing the material or processing liquid. Denaturation, when the material is transferred, it is transformed into a more fluid phase to reduce transmission resistance, and when the material is printed, it is transformed into a phase that is easier to squeeze to improve printing quality. At the same time, the temperature control solution provided by this application can also guarantee Thermal management of each part of the 3D printer when it is working.

Claims (30)

一种3D打印机,其特征在于,包括:A 3D printer is characterized in that it comprises: 主控模块;Main control module; 机箱,所述机箱内设有输送喷头、多个工位和多个打印器皿,所述输送喷头设于所述工位的上方,所述打印器皿设置在所述工位上,所述输送喷头包括打印喷头;A case, the case is provided with a conveying nozzle, a plurality of stations and a plurality of printing vessels, the conveying nozzle is arranged above the station, the printing vessel is arranged on the station, and the conveying nozzle Including print head; 环境控制模块,设于所述机箱内,并电性连接于所述主控模块,所述环境控制模块构造成调整所述机箱内的环境状况;The environmental control module is arranged in the chassis and is electrically connected to the main control module, the environmental control module is configured to adjust the environmental conditions in the chassis; 工位切换模块,设于所述机箱内,并电性连接于所述主控模块,所述工位切换模块构造成驱动所述打印器皿和/或所述工位,使得所述打印器皿在各个所述工位之间进行转移;The station switching module is arranged in the chassis and electrically connected to the main control module. The station switching module is configured to drive the printing vessel and/or the station so that the printing vessel is Transfer between each of the stations; 喷头移动模块,所述喷头移动模块与所述打印喷头相连,并电性连接于所述主控模块,所述喷头移动模块构造成驱动所述打印喷头在各个所述工位之间进行转移;A nozzle moving module, the nozzle moving module is connected to the printing nozzle and electrically connected to the main control module, the nozzle moving module is configured to drive the printing nozzle to transfer between each of the stations; 物料输送模块,所述物料输送模块与所述输送喷头连接,并电性连接于所述主控模块,所述物料输送模块构造成向所述输送喷头输送材料;A material conveying module, the material conveying module is connected to the conveying nozzle and electrically connected to the main control module, and the material conveying module is configured to convey material to the conveying nozzle; 温控模块,设于所述物料输送模块、所述工位和所述打印喷头上,并电性连接于所述主控模块,所述温控模块构造成调节温度。The temperature control module is arranged on the material conveying module, the station and the printing nozzle, and is electrically connected to the main control module, and the temperature control module is configured to adjust the temperature. 根据权利要求1所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述机箱包括机体和罩子,所述机体上设有开口,所述罩子设于所述机体上,且位于所述开口处;The 3D printer according to claim 1, wherein the chassis includes a body and a cover, the body is provided with an opening, and the cover is provided on the body and located at the opening; 所述环境控制模块包括:The environmental control module includes: 温湿度传感器,设于所述罩子的内表面上,构造成检测所述机箱内的温度和湿度;A temperature and humidity sensor arranged on the inner surface of the cover and configured to detect the temperature and humidity in the cabinet; 紫外光源,设于所述罩子上,构造成提供紫外光;The ultraviolet light source is arranged on the cover and is configured to provide ultraviolet light; 通风装置,包括第一风扇和过滤装置,并设于所述机体上,所述通风装置构造成将外部空气净化后通入所述机箱内;The ventilation device includes a first fan and a filtering device, and is arranged on the body, and the ventilation device is configured to purify external air and pass it into the chassis; 降温加湿装置,设于所述罩子上,构造成提供水汽和气体。The cooling and humidifying device is arranged on the cover and is configured to provide water vapor and gas. 根据权利要求1或2所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述罩子与所述机体上成铰接设置,且所述罩子盖合在所述机体上时,所述罩子构造成封闭所述机体上的开口;The 3D printer according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the cover is hingedly arranged on the body, and when the cover is closed on the body, the cover is configured to close the body Opening on 所述环境控制模块还包括:The environmental control module further includes: 位置传感器,设于所述罩子上,构造成检测所述罩子与所述机体所形成的夹角;A position sensor, arranged on the cover and configured to detect the angle formed by the cover and the body; 所述主控模块配置成在所述位置传感器检测到的所述夹角超过一设定值时,控制所述通风装置将所述机箱外的空气经过过滤后持续通入所述3D打印机的工作空间内。The main control module is configured to, when the included angle detected by the position sensor exceeds a set value, control the ventilating device to filter the air outside the chassis and continuously pass it into the work of the 3D printer In the space. 根据权利要求1-3任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,多个所述工位包括依次设置的储存工位、预处理工位、打印工位、后处理工位、检测工位和物件存放工位。The 3D printer according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a plurality of the stations includes a storage station, a pre-processing station, a printing station, a post-processing station, and a detection station arranged in sequence. And the object storage station. 根据权利要求4所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,各个所述工位上开设有至少一个凹坑,且所述工位由高导热性能的金属材料制成,使所述凹坑形成一冷阱平台;所述凹坑构造成放置所述打印器皿,所述打印器皿构造成承接打印产品且构造成隔绝温度。The 3D printer according to claim 4, wherein each of the stations is provided with at least one pit, and the station is made of a metal material with high thermal conductivity, so that the pit forms a cold Well platform; the pit is configured to place the printing vessel, the printing vessel is configured to accept the printed product and is configured to isolate the temperature. 根据权利要求4或5所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述物件存放工位包括成品座、次品座和多个第一移动装置,多个所述第一移动装置分别与所述成品座和所述次品座相连,所述第一移动装置构造成移动所述成品座和所述次品座。The 3D printer according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the object storage station includes a finished product seat, a defective product seat and a plurality of first moving devices, and the plurality of first moving devices are respectively connected to the finished product The seat is connected with the defective seat, and the first moving device is configured to move the finished seat and the defective seat. 根据权利要求1-6任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述输送喷头包括预处理喷头和后处理喷头,所述打印喷头设置在打印工位的上方,所述预处理喷头设置在预处理工位的上方,所述后处理喷头设置在后处理工位的上方,所述打印工位、预处理工位和后处理工位可以通过工位的移动离开打印喷头,预处理喷头和后处理喷头的下方;The 3D printer according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the conveying nozzle includes a pre-processing nozzle and a post-processing nozzle, the printing nozzle is arranged above the printing station, and the pre-processing nozzle is arranged Above the pre-processing station, the post-processing nozzle is arranged above the post-processing station, and the printing station, pre-processing station and post-processing station can leave the printing nozzle by moving the station, and the pre-processing nozzle And below the post-processing nozzle; 所述物料输送模块包括两个输送组件,两个所述输送组件分别为:The material conveying module includes two conveying components, and the two conveying components are: 打印材料输送组件,所述打印材料输送组件与所述打印喷头相连,构造成输送打印材料;A printing material conveying component, the printing material conveying component is connected to the printing nozzle and configured to convey printing materials; 处理液输送组件,所述处理液输送组件与所述打印喷头、所述预处理喷头或者所述后处理喷头相连,构造成输送处理液。The processing liquid delivery component is connected with the printing nozzle, the pretreatment nozzle or the post-processing nozzle, and is configured to transport the processing liquid. 根据权利要求7所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,单个所述输送组件包括:The 3D printer according to claim 7, wherein the single conveying component comprises: 第一托盘,设置在所述机箱上;The first tray is set on the chassis; 存储器,构造成存放打印材料或者处理液;Storage, configured to store printing materials or processing liquid; 传输管,构造成将所述存储器与所述输送喷头连接在一起;A transfer pipe configured to connect the storage and the delivery nozzle together; 挤压装置,相连于所述存储器,并构造成驱动所述存储器中的打印材料或者处理液流动。The squeezing device is connected to the storage and is configured to drive the printing material or the processing liquid in the storage to flow. 根据权利要求8所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,The 3D printer according to claim 8, wherein: 所述存储器包括针筒管和设置在所述针筒管内的活塞推杆,The storage includes a syringe tube and a piston push rod arranged in the syringe tube, 所述挤压装置包括:The extrusion device includes: 驱动电机,设置在所述第一托盘上,The drive motor is arranged on the first tray, 螺杆,连接于所述驱动电机,The screw is connected to the drive motor, 推台,能滑动地连接在所述螺杆上,并与所述活塞推杆相连。The push table is slidably connected to the screw and connected to the piston push rod. 根据权利要求8-9任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,单个所述输送组件包括力传感器,所述力传感器上设于所述存储器上,构造成检测所述挤压装置对所述存储器的作用力。The 3D printer according to any one of claims 8-9, wherein the single conveying component includes a force sensor, the force sensor is provided on the memory, and is configured to detect that the pressing device The force of the memory. 根据权利要求8-10任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,The 3D printer according to any one of claims 8-10, wherein: 所述存储器包括储液袋,所述挤压装置包括设置在所述第一托盘上的蠕动泵,所述传输管穿过所述蠕动泵后与所述储液袋相连。The storage includes a liquid storage bag, the squeezing device includes a peristaltic pump arranged on the first tray, and the transfer tube is connected to the liquid storage bag after passing through the peristaltic pump. 根据权利要求1-11任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述温控模块包括:The 3D printer according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the temperature control module comprises: 多个液冷温控单元,分别构造成对所述工位、打印喷头、打印材料或处理液进行控温;A plurality of liquid-cooled temperature control units are respectively configured to control the temperature of the station, the printing nozzle, the printing material or the processing liquid; 制冷液循环回路,所述制冷液循环回路包括制冷液管和制冷液散热装置,所述制冷液管将所述制冷液散热装置和各个所述液冷温控单元相连形成制冷液循环回路;A refrigerating liquid circulating circuit, the refrigerating liquid circulating circuit comprising a refrigerating liquid pipe and a refrigerating liquid heat dissipation device, and the refrigerating liquid pipe connects the refrigerant liquid heat dissipating device and each of the liquid cooling temperature control units to form a refrigerating liquid circulation circuit; 传输温控单元,设于所述物料输送模块上,构造成对所述物料输送模块进行温控。The transmission temperature control unit is arranged on the material conveying module and is configured to perform temperature control on the material conveying module. 根据权利要求12所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述多个液冷温控单元包括:The 3D printer according to claim 12, wherein the plurality of liquid cooling temperature control units comprise: 工位温控单元,设于所述工位的底部,并构造成对所述工位进行控温;The station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of the station and is configured to control the temperature of the station; 存储温控单元,设于所述存储器处,并构造成对打印材料或者处理液进行控温;The storage temperature control unit is arranged at the storage and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material or the processing liquid; 挤出温控单元,设于所述打印喷头处,并构造成对所述打印喷头进行控温。The extrusion temperature control unit is arranged at the printing nozzle and is configured to control the temperature of the printing nozzle. 根据权利要求12所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,单个所述液冷温控单元包括温控组件;The 3D printer according to claim 12, wherein the single liquid-cooled temperature control unit comprises a temperature control component; 所述温控组件包括:吸热端、散热端和控温件,所述吸热端设于所述打印喷头、物料输送模块或者工位上,并与所述打印喷头、物料输送模块或者工位接触;The temperature control assembly includes: a heat absorption end, a heat dissipation end, and a temperature control member. The heat absorption end is arranged on the printing nozzle, the material conveying module or the work station, and is connected with the printing nozzle, the material conveying module or the work station. Bit contact 所述散热端上设有供制冷液通过的通道以及与所述通道相通的进液口和出液口,所述进液口和出液口均与所述制冷液管相连;The heat-dissipating end is provided with a passage for the passage of a refrigerant liquid, and a liquid inlet and a liquid outlet communicating with the passage, and the liquid inlet and the liquid outlet are both connected to the refrigerant pipe; 所述控温件设置在吸热端和散热端之间,所述控温件构造成将所述吸热端的热量传递至所述散热端。The temperature control element is arranged between the heat absorption end and the heat dissipation end, and the temperature control element is configured to transfer the heat of the heat absorption end to the heat dissipation end. 根据权利要求14所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述温控单元还包括隔热外层,所述隔热外层设于所述温控组件外侧,将所述温控组件包覆或者部分包覆,所述隔热外层构造成隔热。The 3D printer according to claim 14, wherein the temperature control unit further comprises a heat-insulating outer layer, the heat-insulating outer layer is provided on the outside of the temperature control component, and covers the temperature control component or Partially covered, and the heat-insulating outer layer is configured as heat-insulating. 根据权利要求13-15任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述制冷液散热装置包括制冷液储存箱、换热器和冷液泵;The 3D printer according to any one of claims 13-15, wherein the cooling liquid heat dissipation device comprises a cooling liquid storage tank, a heat exchanger and a cooling liquid pump; 所述制冷液储存箱设于机箱内,且构造成储存制冷液;The refrigerating liquid storage tank is arranged in the cabinet and is configured to store refrigerating liquid; 所述换热器与所述制冷液储存箱相连,且构造成对所述制冷液进行降温;The heat exchanger is connected to the refrigerating liquid storage tank and is configured to cool the refrigerating liquid; 所述冷液泵设于所述制冷液储存箱与所述换热器之间,且构造成将所述制冷液储存箱内的制冷液输通过所述制冷液管送到各所述液冷温控单元和换热器中。The cold liquid pump is arranged between the refrigerant liquid storage tank and the heat exchanger, and is configured to transfer the refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank to each of the liquid cooling pipes through the refrigerant pipe. Temperature control unit and heat exchanger. 根据权利要求16所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述制冷液散热装置包括多个所述冷液泵;The 3D printer according to claim 16, wherein the cooling liquid heat dissipation device comprises a plurality of the cooling liquid pumps; 所述制冷液储存箱的制冷液在一冷液泵的作用下流经所述换热器、所述存储温控单元及所述工位温控单元后流回至所述冷液储存箱内;The refrigerant liquid in the refrigerant liquid storage tank flows through the heat exchanger, the storage temperature control unit and the station temperature control unit under the action of a cold liquid pump, and then flows back into the cold liquid storage tank; 所述制冷液储存箱的制冷液在另一冷液泵的作用下流经所述换热器及所述挤出温控单元后流回至所述冷液储存箱内。The refrigerant in the refrigerant liquid storage tank flows through the heat exchanger and the extrusion temperature control unit under the action of another cold liquid pump, and then flows back into the cold liquid storage tank. 根据权利要求13-17任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述工位温控单元为一整体结构;所述工位温控单元设置于一个或多个所述工位的底部,构造成对一个或多个所述工位进行控温。The 3D printer according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein the station temperature control unit is an integral structure; the station temperature control unit is arranged at the bottom of one or more of the stations , Configured to control the temperature of one or more of the workstations. 根据权利要求13-17任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述工位温控单元为多个;多个所述工位温控单元分别独立地设置于多个所述工位的底部,或分别独立地设置于多个所述工位中任意几个工位的底部。The 3D printer according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein there are a plurality of the station temperature control units; and the plurality of station temperature control units are independently arranged at the plurality of stations. Bottom of, or separately and independently set at the bottom of any of the multiple stations. 根据权利要求13-19任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述存储温控单元包括:The 3D printer according to any one of claims 13-19, wherein the storage temperature control unit comprises: 供料温控器,设于所述打印材料输送组件处,并构造成对所述打印材料进行控温;A supply temperature controller is provided at the printing material conveying assembly and is configured to control the temperature of the printing material; 供液温控器,设于所述处理液输送组件处,并构造成对所述处理液进行控温。The liquid supply temperature controller is arranged at the processing liquid conveying assembly and is configured to control the temperature of the processing liquid. 根据权利要求13-19任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述温控模块还包括:The 3D printer according to any one of claims 13-19, wherein the temperature control module further comprises: 多个温度传感器,分别设于所述工位温控单元、所述传输温控单元、所述存储温控单元和挤出温控单元处,所述温度传感器构造成检测温度并反馈至主控模块。A plurality of temperature sensors are respectively provided at the station temperature control unit, the transmission temperature control unit, the storage temperature control unit and the extrusion temperature control unit, and the temperature sensors are configured to detect temperature and feed back to the main control Module. 根据权利要求4所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述喷头移动模块包括:The 3D printer according to claim 4, wherein the nozzle moving module comprises: 打印平台,设置在所述机箱内,且设于所述打印工位的一侧;The printing platform is arranged in the chassis and on one side of the printing station; XY方向运动系统,相连于所述打印喷头,并设置于所述打印平台上,所述XY方向运动系统构造成使所述打印喷头沿X方向或者Y方向运动;An XY-direction movement system connected to the printing nozzle and set on the printing platform, and the XY-direction movement system is configured to move the printing nozzle in the X direction or the Y direction; Z方向运动系统,相连于所述打印平台,所述Z方向运动系统构造成使所述打印平台沿Z方向运动;A Z-direction movement system connected to the printing platform, and the Z-direction movement system is configured to move the printing platform in the Z direction; 其中,X方向、Y方向与Z方向相互垂直。Among them, the X direction, the Y direction and the Z direction are perpendicular to each other. 根据权利要求22所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述喷头移动模块还包括防尘罩,所述防尘罩连接于所述打印平台,并能随所述打印喷头移动,构造成遮挡所述打印喷头。The 3D printer according to claim 22, wherein the nozzle moving module further comprises a dust cover, the dust cover is connected to the printing platform and can move with the printing nozzle, and is configured to block述Printing nozzle. 根据权利要求1所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述打印喷头包括打印针头,所述打印针头包括外针和内针,所述外针和内针都具有空腔,且所述内针穿设于所述外针的空腔内,所述内针至少设有一个,所述内针具有针头,所述针头设于所述外针的空腔内或者穿过所述外针设于所述外针的空腔外侧。The 3D printer according to claim 1, wherein the printing nozzle comprises a printing needle, the printing needle comprises an outer needle and an inner needle, both the outer needle and the inner needle have a cavity, and the inner needle The inner needle is inserted into the cavity of the outer needle, the inner needle is provided with at least one, the inner needle has a needle, and the needle is arranged in the cavity of the outer needle or passes through the outer needle. The outer side of the cavity of the outer needle. 根据权利要求24所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述打印喷头还包括光固化模块,所述光固化模块设于喷头外壳的外侧或者内侧。The 3D printer according to claim 24, wherein the printing nozzle further comprises a light curing module, and the light curing module is arranged on the outside or inside of the housing of the nozzle. 根据权利要求24所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述机箱内设有针头清洁筒,所述针头清洁筒设于机箱内,并位于所述打印工位的一侧,其中,所述打印喷头依据所述喷头移动模块的驱动,相应地移动至所述针头清洁筒。The 3D printer according to claim 24, wherein a needle cleaning cylinder is provided in the housing, and the needle cleaning cylinder is arranged in the housing and located on one side of the printing station, wherein the printing The spray head moves to the needle cleaning cylinder correspondingly according to the drive of the spray head moving module. 根据权利要求1-26任意一项所述的3D打印机,其特征在于,所述工位切换模块包括:The 3D printer according to any one of claims 1-26, wherein the station switching module comprises: 第二底座,设于机箱上,且位于所述工位的一侧;The second base is set on the chassis and located on one side of the workstation; 夹取件,能移动地设于所述第二底座上,构造成夹取打印器皿;The clamping piece is movably arranged on the second base and configured to clamp the printing vessel; 第二移动装置,连接于夹取件,构造成移动夹取件和/或所述工位。The second moving device is connected to the clamping member and is configured to move the clamping member and/or the station. 一种3D打印方法,其特征在于,使用如权利要求1至27任一项所述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:A 3D printing method, characterized in that using the 3D printer according to any one of claims 1 to 27, comprises the following steps: 所述主控模块获取待打印物件的个数、形状的数据;The main control module obtains data on the number and shape of objects to be printed; 所述主控模块通过所述喷头移动模块控制所述打印喷头移动并挤出相应的打印材料;The main control module controls the movement of the printing nozzle through the nozzle movement module and extrudes corresponding printing materials; 所述主控模块通过所述温控模块设于所述物料输送模块调节各个部件的温度;The main control module is installed in the material conveying module through the temperature control module to adjust the temperature of each component; 多个打印器皿放置在其中一个所述工位处,所述主控模块控制所述工位切换模块依次将所述打印器皿取出,并令所述打印器皿依次进入各个所述工位,且依次对所述打印器皿进行预处理、打印、后处理、检测和归档操作。A plurality of printing vessels are placed at one of the stations, and the main control module controls the station switching module to sequentially take out the printing vessels, and make the printing vessels enter each of the stations sequentially, and Pre-processing, printing, post-processing, detection and filing operations are performed on the printing vessel. 一种3D打印方法,其特征在于,使用如权利要求6所述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:A 3D printing method, characterized in that using the 3D printer as claimed in claim 6, comprises the following steps: 当所述打印器皿位于所述检测工位处时,所述检测工位检测质量信息并记录检测得到的质量信息;When the printing vessel is located at the inspection station, the inspection station detects quality information and records the quality information obtained by the inspection; 所述主控模块判断此时所述打印器皿中的物件是否为次品:The main control module judges whether the object in the printing vessel is defective at this time: 若是,则所述第一移动装置将所述次品座移动至于所述检测工位对接的地方,所述工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述次品座;If yes, the first moving device moves the inferior product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the inferior product seat; 若否,则所述第一移动装置将所述成品座移动至于所述检测工位对接的地方,所述工位切换模块依次将该所述打印器皿移动至所述成品座。If not, the first moving device moves the finished product seat to a place where the inspection station is docked, and the station switching module sequentially moves the printing vessel to the finished product seat. 一种3D打印方法,其特征在于,使用如权利要求6所述的3D打印机,包括以下步骤:A 3D printing method, characterized in that using the 3D printer as claimed in claim 6, comprises the following steps: 所述主控模块根据所记录的检测质量信息判断此时所述次品座中的物件是否需要进行修复打印:The main control module judges whether the object in the defective seat needs to be repaired and printed according to the recorded inspection quality information: 若是,则依次将所述打印器皿取出并依次送入所述打印工位进行修复打印;If yes, take out the printing vessels one by one and send them to the printing station for repair printing; 若否,则所述次品座中的物件不进行修复打印。If not, the objects in the defective seat are not repaired and printed.
PCT/CN2019/123119 2019-05-24 2019-12-04 3d printer and 3d printing method Ceased WO2020238133A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910444124.1 2019-05-24
CN201910444416.5 2019-05-24
CN201910444416.5A CN110039787B (en) 2019-05-24 2019-05-24 3D printer temperature control system and 3D printer
CN201910444124.1A CN110053254B (en) 2019-05-24 2019-05-24 3D printer and 3D printing method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020238133A1 true WO2020238133A1 (en) 2020-12-03

Family

ID=73552687

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/123119 Ceased WO2020238133A1 (en) 2019-05-24 2019-12-04 3d printer and 3d printing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020238133A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100291304A1 (en) * 2009-02-24 2010-11-18 Tracy Becker Multifunctional Manufacturing Platform And Method Of Using The Same
CN103978212A (en) * 2014-05-29 2014-08-13 北京中科博益科技有限公司 Multiple cavity laser 3D (three dimensional) printing device
CN105196549A (en) * 2015-10-28 2015-12-30 华中科技大学 Parallel multistation type 3D printer
CN204936215U (en) * 2015-08-18 2016-01-06 绍兴酷印机械设备有限公司 Novel multi-station 3D printer
CN107696499A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-02-16 北京工业大学 The detection of 3D printing product quality and restorative procedure that threedimensional model is combined with machine vision
CN110039787A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-07-23 杭州捷诺飞生物科技股份有限公司 3D printer temperature control system and 3D printer
CN110053254A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-07-26 杭州捷诺飞生物科技股份有限公司 3D printer and 3D printing method

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100291304A1 (en) * 2009-02-24 2010-11-18 Tracy Becker Multifunctional Manufacturing Platform And Method Of Using The Same
CN103978212A (en) * 2014-05-29 2014-08-13 北京中科博益科技有限公司 Multiple cavity laser 3D (three dimensional) printing device
CN204936215U (en) * 2015-08-18 2016-01-06 绍兴酷印机械设备有限公司 Novel multi-station 3D printer
CN105196549A (en) * 2015-10-28 2015-12-30 华中科技大学 Parallel multistation type 3D printer
CN107696499A (en) * 2017-09-27 2018-02-16 北京工业大学 The detection of 3D printing product quality and restorative procedure that threedimensional model is combined with machine vision
CN110039787A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-07-23 杭州捷诺飞生物科技股份有限公司 3D printer temperature control system and 3D printer
CN110053254A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-07-26 杭州捷诺飞生物科技股份有限公司 3D printer and 3D printing method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110053254B (en) 3D printer and 3D printing method
US20160299165A1 (en) Biochip detection system
CN104089804A (en) Biological sample processing system
CN207808482U (en) A kind of fusion sediment 3D printer of large-scale high-precision
CN109014598A (en) A kind of Table top type laser engraving cutting all-in-one machine bed
CN108273760A (en) A kind of detecting system and detection method for thick film wiring board print quality inspection
CN203909049U (en) Detection system for biological chips
CN110936605B (en) A 3D bioprinting device suitable for gradient structure multi-material
WO2020238133A1 (en) 3d printer and 3d printing method
CN210062025U (en) 3D printer
CN119682146B (en) An injection molding device for LED lamp production with cooling function
CN204874541U (en) Real -time fluorescence quantitative PCR appearance
CN221584561U (en) Hot press for processing intelligent watch touch screen
CN118003746A (en) A silicone pad turnover laminating device
CN217212182U (en) A PE film high temperature friction detector
CN116850478A (en) Irradiation device, method and system with continuously adjustable dose rate and controllable temperature
CN211946786U (en) A curved glass hot bending equipment
JP2019177581A (en) Resin molding apparatus and method for manufacturing resin molded product
CN110193934B (en) Method and equipment for regulating and controlling polymer performance by online annealing in selective laser sintering
CN113478432A (en) Backlight unit rigging equipment convenient to control ambient temperature
CN109927389B (en) Pulse heating hot press is used in light guide plate production
CN220499984U (en) Automatic feeding type high-frequency welding machine
CN206733625U (en) Vertical hot plate machine
CN215620026U (en) 3D printing modeling technology platform
CN219051403U (en) Ultra-clean workbench

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19930856

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19930856

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19930856

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 13/06/2022)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19930856

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1